1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
59 #include "parser-defs.h"
60 #include "gdb_regex.h"
62 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
63 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "dummy-frame.h"
71 #include "thread-fsm.h"
72 #include "tid-parse.h"
74 /* readline include files */
75 #include "readline/readline.h"
76 #include "readline/history.h"
78 /* readline defines this. */
81 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
82 #include "extension.h"
84 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
85 enum exception_event_kind
92 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
94 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
96 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
98 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
100 static void disable_command (char *, int);
102 static void enable_command (char *, int);
104 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
108 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
110 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
112 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
115 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location *location,
116 struct linespec_result *canonical,
117 enum bptype type_wanted);
119 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
120 struct linespec_result *,
121 char *, char *, enum bptype,
122 enum bpdisp, int, int,
124 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
125 int, int, int, unsigned);
127 static void decode_location_default (struct breakpoint *b,
128 const struct event_location *location,
129 struct program_space *search_pspace,
130 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals);
132 static void clear_command (char *, int);
134 static void catch_command (char *, int);
136 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
138 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
140 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
142 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
144 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
145 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
146 const struct symtab_and_line *);
148 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
150 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
151 struct symtab_and_line,
153 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
155 static struct breakpoint *
156 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
158 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
161 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
163 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
167 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
168 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
169 struct obj_section *, int);
171 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
172 struct bp_location *loc2);
174 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
175 struct address_space *aspace,
178 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location *,
179 struct address_space *,
182 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
184 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
186 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
187 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
189 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
191 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
193 static void commands_command (char *, int);
195 static void condition_command (char *, int);
204 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
205 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
207 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
209 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
211 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
213 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
215 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
217 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
219 int *other_type_used);
221 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
223 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
225 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
228 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
230 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
232 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
234 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
236 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
237 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
238 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
240 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
242 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
243 insert locations now. */
244 enum ugll_insert_mode
246 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
247 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
248 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
249 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
250 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
251 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
252 returns true on them.
254 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
255 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
256 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
257 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
258 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
259 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
263 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
264 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
267 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
268 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
269 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
270 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
271 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
272 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
273 as no thread is running yet. */
277 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode);
279 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode);
281 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
283 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
285 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
287 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
289 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
291 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
293 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
295 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
297 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
299 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
301 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
304 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
306 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
307 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
308 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
309 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
311 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
312 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
314 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
315 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
317 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
318 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
320 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
322 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
324 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
325 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
327 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
328 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
330 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
331 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
332 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
333 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
334 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
335 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
337 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
338 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
339 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
340 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
346 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
348 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
349 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
350 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
351 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
353 static char *dprintf_function = "";
355 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
356 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
357 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
358 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
359 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
360 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
361 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
363 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
365 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
367 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
369 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
370 breakpoints share a single command list. */
371 struct counted_command_line
373 /* The reference count. */
376 /* The command list. */
377 struct command_line *commands;
380 struct command_line *
381 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
383 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
386 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
387 current breakpoint. */
389 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
392 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
394 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
395 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
397 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
399 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
402 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
403 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
404 if such is available. */
405 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
408 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
409 struct cmd_list_element *c,
412 fprintf_filtered (file,
413 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
414 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
418 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
419 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
420 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
421 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
422 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
424 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
425 struct cmd_list_element *c,
428 fprintf_filtered (file,
429 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
430 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
434 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
435 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
436 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
437 use hardware breakpoints. */
438 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
440 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
441 struct cmd_list_element *c,
444 fprintf_filtered (file,
445 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
449 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
450 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
451 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
452 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
453 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
454 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
455 processing user input. */
456 static int always_inserted_mode = 0;
459 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
460 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
462 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
466 /* See breakpoint.h. */
469 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
471 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
473 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
474 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
475 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
478 else if (target_has_execution)
480 struct thread_info *tp;
482 if (always_inserted_mode)
484 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
489 if (threads_are_executing ())
492 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
493 stopped, we still have events to process. */
494 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp)
496 && tp->suspend.waitstatus_pending_p)
502 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
504 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
505 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
506 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
507 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
508 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
509 condition_evaluation_auto,
510 condition_evaluation_host,
511 condition_evaluation_target,
515 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
516 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
518 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
519 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
520 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
522 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
523 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
524 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
528 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
530 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
532 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
533 return condition_evaluation_target;
535 return condition_evaluation_host;
541 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
544 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
546 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
549 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
553 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
555 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
557 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
560 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
562 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
563 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
565 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
566 static int overlay_events_enabled;
568 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
569 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
571 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
572 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
573 current breakpoint. */
575 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
577 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
578 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
579 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
582 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
583 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
584 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
586 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
587 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
588 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
591 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
592 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
593 to where the loop should start from.
594 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
595 appropriate location to start with. */
597 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
598 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
599 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
601 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
602 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
605 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
607 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
608 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
609 if (is_tracepoint (B))
611 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
613 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
615 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
617 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
619 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
621 static unsigned bp_location_count;
623 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
624 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
625 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
626 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
627 an address you need to read. */
629 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
631 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
632 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
633 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
634 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
635 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
637 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
639 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
640 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
642 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
644 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
646 static int breakpoint_count;
648 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
649 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
650 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
651 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
652 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
654 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
656 static int tracepoint_count;
658 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
659 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
660 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
662 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
665 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func) (struct breakpoint *b, void *d),
668 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
672 if (func (b, user_data) != 0)
679 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
681 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
683 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
686 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
689 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
691 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
692 breakpoint_count = num;
693 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
696 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
697 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
698 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
700 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
704 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
706 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
709 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
713 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
715 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
718 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
721 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
723 struct breakpoint *b;
729 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
730 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
732 static struct counted_command_line *
733 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
735 struct counted_command_line *result = XNEW (struct counted_command_line);
738 result->commands = commands;
743 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
746 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
752 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
753 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
754 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
757 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
761 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
763 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
770 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
773 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
775 decref_counted_command_line ((struct counted_command_line **) arg);
778 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
781 static struct cleanup *
782 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
784 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
788 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
789 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
792 get_breakpoint (int num)
794 struct breakpoint *b;
797 if (b->number == num)
805 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
806 evaluating conditions on its side. */
809 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
811 struct bp_location *loc;
813 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
814 evaluating conditions and if the user has
815 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
817 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
818 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
821 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
824 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
825 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
828 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
829 evaluating conditions on its side. */
832 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
834 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
835 evaluating conditions and if the user has
836 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
838 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
839 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
843 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
846 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
849 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
850 condition_evaluation_mode. */
853 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
854 struct cmd_list_element *c)
856 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
858 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
859 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
861 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
862 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
863 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
867 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
868 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
870 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
871 settings was "auto". */
872 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
874 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
875 if (new_mode != old_mode)
877 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
878 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
879 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
881 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
882 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
885 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
887 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
889 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
890 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
894 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
895 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
896 target knows about. */
897 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
898 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
899 loc->needs_update = 1;
903 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
909 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
910 what "auto" is translating to. */
913 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
914 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
916 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
917 fprintf_filtered (file,
918 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
919 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
921 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
923 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
927 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
928 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
929 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
932 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
934 const struct bp_location *a = *(const struct bp_location **) ap;
935 const struct bp_location *b = *(const struct bp_location **) bp;
937 if (a->address == b->address)
940 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
943 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
944 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
945 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
948 static struct bp_location **
949 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
951 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
952 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
953 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
955 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
956 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
957 dummy_loc.address = address;
959 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
960 locp_found = ((struct bp_location **)
961 bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
962 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
963 bp_location_compare_addrs));
965 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
966 if (locp_found == NULL)
969 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
970 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
971 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
972 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
979 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, const char *exp,
982 xfree (b->cond_string);
983 b->cond_string = NULL;
985 if (is_watchpoint (b))
987 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
994 struct bp_location *loc;
996 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1001 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
1002 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
1003 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
1010 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
1014 const char *arg = exp;
1016 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
1017 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
1018 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
1019 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
1021 if (is_watchpoint (b))
1023 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
1025 innermost_block = NULL;
1027 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
1029 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1030 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
1034 struct bp_location *loc;
1036 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1040 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
1041 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
1043 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1047 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
1049 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1052 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1054 static VEC (char_ptr) *
1055 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
1056 const char *text, const char *word)
1060 text = skip_spaces_const (text);
1061 space = skip_to_space_const (text);
1065 struct breakpoint *b;
1066 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1070 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1071 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1073 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1076 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1077 len = strlen (text);
1083 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
1085 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
1086 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (number));
1092 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1093 text = skip_spaces_const (space);
1094 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1097 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1100 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1102 struct breakpoint *b;
1107 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1110 bnum = get_number (&p);
1112 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1115 if (b->number == bnum)
1117 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1118 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1119 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1120 const struct extension_language_defn *extlang
1121 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b, EXT_LANG_NONE);
1123 if (extlang != NULL)
1125 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1126 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1127 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang));
1129 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1131 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1132 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
1137 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1140 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1141 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1142 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1145 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1147 struct command_line *c;
1149 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1153 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1154 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1155 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1157 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1158 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1160 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1161 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1162 command directly. */
1163 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1164 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1166 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1167 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1171 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1174 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1176 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1177 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1178 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1182 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1184 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1187 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1188 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1192 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1193 struct command_line *commands)
1195 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1197 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1198 struct command_line *c;
1199 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1201 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1202 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1206 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1207 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1208 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1209 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1210 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1211 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1212 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1213 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1214 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1215 tracepoint's context. */
1216 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1218 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1220 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1221 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1222 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1223 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1224 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1225 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1228 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1229 "can be used only once"));
1234 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1238 struct command_line *c2;
1240 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1241 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1242 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1244 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1245 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1251 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1255 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1256 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1259 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1261 struct breakpoint *b;
1262 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1263 struct bp_location *loc;
1266 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1268 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1269 if (loc->address == addr)
1270 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1276 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1277 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1280 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1281 struct command_line *commands)
1283 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1285 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1286 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1287 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1290 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1291 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1295 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1297 int old_silent = b->silent;
1300 if (old_silent != silent)
1301 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1304 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1305 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1308 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1310 int old_thread = b->thread;
1313 if (old_thread != thread)
1314 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1317 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1318 breakpoint work for any task. */
1321 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1323 int old_task = b->task;
1326 if (old_task != task)
1327 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1331 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1333 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) closure;
1335 validate_actionline (line, b);
1338 /* A structure used to pass information through
1339 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1341 struct commands_info
1343 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1346 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1349 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1350 already-parsed command. */
1351 struct command_line *control;
1353 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1355 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1358 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1359 commands_command. */
1362 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1364 struct commands_info *info = (struct commands_info *) data;
1366 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1368 struct command_line *l;
1370 if (info->control != NULL)
1371 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1374 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1377 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1378 "%s, one per line."),
1381 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1383 l = read_command_lines (str,
1386 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1389 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1392 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1395 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1397 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1399 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1400 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1401 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1402 b->commands = info->cmd;
1403 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1408 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1409 struct command_line *control)
1411 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1412 struct commands_info info;
1414 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1415 info.control = control;
1417 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1418 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1419 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1421 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1423 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1424 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1426 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1427 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1430 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1431 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1432 numbers will fail in this case. */
1437 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1439 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1442 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1446 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1448 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1449 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1451 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1455 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1457 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1460 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1461 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1463 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1464 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1465 enum command_control_type
1466 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1468 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1469 return simple_control;
1472 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1475 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1477 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1481 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1482 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1487 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1488 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1491 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1492 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1493 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1496 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1497 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1498 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len,
1499 struct bp_target_info *target_info,
1500 struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
1502 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1503 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1507 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info->placed_address_space, 0,
1508 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1510 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1514 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1516 bp_addr = target_info->placed_address;
1517 bp_size = target_info->shadow_len;
1519 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1521 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1526 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1528 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1533 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1534 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1536 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1537 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1538 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1542 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1544 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1545 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1548 if (readbuf != NULL)
1550 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1551 shadow_contents buffer. */
1552 gdb_assert (target_info->shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1553 || readbuf >= (target_info->shadow_contents
1554 + target_info->shadow_len));
1556 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1558 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1559 target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1563 const unsigned char *bp;
1564 CORE_ADDR addr = target_info->reqstd_address;
1567 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1568 memcpy (target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1569 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1571 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1573 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &addr, &placed_size);
1575 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1576 breakpoint's INSN. */
1577 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1581 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1582 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1584 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1585 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1586 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1588 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1589 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1590 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1591 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1592 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1593 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1594 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1595 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1597 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1600 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1601 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1602 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1604 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1606 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1608 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1609 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1610 report higher one. */
1613 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1614 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1616 struct bp_location *bl;
1618 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1619 bl = bp_location[bc];
1621 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1622 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1623 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1624 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1626 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1627 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1628 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1630 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1632 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1639 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1640 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1641 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1642 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1643 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1646 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1648 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1649 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1650 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1653 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1656 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1658 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1660 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1662 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1663 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1664 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1667 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1670 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1671 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1672 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1675 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1678 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf, writebuf, writebuf_org,
1679 memaddr, len, &bl->target_info, bl->gdbarch);
1685 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1689 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1691 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1692 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1693 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1696 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1699 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1701 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1702 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1703 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1706 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1710 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1712 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1713 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1716 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1717 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1718 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1719 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1720 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1721 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1722 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1723 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1726 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1728 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1729 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1730 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1731 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1734 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1735 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1738 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1740 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1742 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1744 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1745 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1746 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1747 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1748 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1750 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1753 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1756 static struct value *
1757 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint *w, struct value *val)
1759 struct value *bit_val;
1764 bit_val = allocate_value (value_type (val));
1766 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val,
1769 value_contents_for_printing (val),
1776 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1777 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1778 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1779 to be able to report stops. */
1782 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint *b,
1783 struct program_space *pspace)
1785 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc == NULL);
1787 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1788 b->loc->pspace = pspace;
1789 b->loc->address = -1;
1790 b->loc->length = -1;
1793 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1794 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1797 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
1799 return (b->type == bp_watchpoint
1801 && b->loc->next == NULL
1802 && b->loc->address == -1
1803 && b->loc->length == -1);
1806 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1807 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1808 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1809 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1811 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1813 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1814 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1817 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1818 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1819 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1820 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1821 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1822 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1823 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1824 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1826 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1827 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1828 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1829 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1830 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1831 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1832 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1833 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1836 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1837 hardware watchpoints:
1839 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1840 called several times when GDB stops.
1843 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1844 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1845 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1846 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1847 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1848 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1849 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1850 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1851 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1852 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1853 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1855 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1856 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1859 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1861 int within_current_scope;
1862 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1865 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1866 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1867 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1868 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1871 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1876 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1877 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1878 within_current_scope = 1;
1881 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1882 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1883 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1885 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1886 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1887 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1888 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1889 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1892 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1893 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1894 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1895 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1898 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1900 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1901 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1902 if (within_current_scope)
1906 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1907 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1908 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1911 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1920 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1921 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1922 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1923 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1924 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1925 be completely different objects. */
1926 value_free (b->val);
1930 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1931 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1932 locations (re)created below. */
1933 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1935 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1937 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1941 s = b->base.cond_string;
1942 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1946 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1947 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1948 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1949 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1950 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1951 if (!target_has_execution)
1953 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1954 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1955 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1956 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1958 if (b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1959 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1961 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1962 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1965 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1968 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1969 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1971 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain, 0);
1973 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1974 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1975 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1976 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1977 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1979 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1981 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
1983 v = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, v);
1991 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1993 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1994 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1996 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1997 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1998 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1999 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
2000 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
2001 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
2002 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
2004 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
2006 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
2007 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
2008 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
2010 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
2011 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
2014 enum target_hw_bp_type type;
2015 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
2016 int bitpos = 0, bitsize = 0;
2018 if (value_bitsize (v) != 0)
2020 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
2022 bitpos = value_bitpos (v);
2023 bitsize = value_bitsize (v);
2025 else if (v == result && b->val_bitsize != 0)
2027 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
2028 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
2029 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
2030 bitpos = b->val_bitpos;
2031 bitsize = b->val_bitsize;
2034 addr = value_address (v);
2037 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
2042 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
2044 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2047 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
2048 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
2051 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
2053 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
2054 loc->address = addr;
2058 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2059 loc->length = ((bitpos % 8) + bitsize + 7) / 8;
2062 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
2064 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
2069 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2070 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2071 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2076 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
2077 struct bp_location *bl;
2079 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
2083 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
2086 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2087 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2088 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
2090 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2091 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2092 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2093 this watchpoint in as well. */
2095 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2096 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2097 hardware watchpoint type. */
2098 type = b->base.type;
2099 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
2100 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
2102 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2103 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2104 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2105 through watch_command), so always account for it
2108 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2109 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
2111 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2112 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
2115 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
2116 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
2118 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
2120 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
2121 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2122 "hardware watchpoint."));
2123 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
2124 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2125 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2127 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2128 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
2132 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2133 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2134 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2136 b->base.type = type;
2139 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
2141 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
2142 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2143 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2145 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2146 "read/access watchpoint."));
2149 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
2151 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
2152 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
2153 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
2154 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
2157 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
2159 next = value_next (v);
2164 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2165 above left it without any location set up. But,
2166 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2167 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2168 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
2169 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (&b->base, frame_pspace);
2171 else if (!within_current_scope)
2173 printf_filtered (_("\
2174 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2175 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2177 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
2180 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2182 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
2186 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2187 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2188 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2189 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2190 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2192 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2194 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2197 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2200 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2203 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2206 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2207 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2208 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2209 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2210 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2211 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2212 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2213 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2214 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2217 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2218 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2219 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2221 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2222 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2223 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl->pspace->aspace,
2225 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2226 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2227 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2228 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2229 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2230 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2231 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2232 && !(bl->owner->type == bp_single_step
2233 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl->owner->thread)))
2237 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2238 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2239 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2240 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2245 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2246 instruction that triggered one. */
2247 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2248 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2252 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2253 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2254 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2255 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2264 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2265 that the location is not duplicated. */
2268 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2271 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2274 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2275 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2279 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2280 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2281 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2282 any error during parsing. */
2284 static struct agent_expr *
2285 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2287 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2292 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2293 that may show up. */
2296 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2299 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2301 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2302 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2303 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2308 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2312 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2313 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2314 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2315 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2316 one of them is true. */
2319 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2321 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2322 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2323 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2324 struct bp_location *loc;
2326 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2327 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions);
2329 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2330 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2331 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2333 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2334 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2337 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2338 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2339 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2340 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2341 response back to GDB. */
2342 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2345 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2349 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2351 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2352 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2353 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2354 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2355 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2356 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2359 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2360 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2361 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2363 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2369 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2370 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2371 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2373 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2374 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2375 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2377 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2380 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2382 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2384 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2387 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2388 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2393 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2394 for this location's address. */
2395 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2399 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2400 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2401 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2403 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2404 conditions to the target. */
2405 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2406 loc->cond_bytecode);
2412 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2413 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2414 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2416 static struct agent_expr *
2417 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2419 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2420 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2421 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2422 const char *cmdrest;
2423 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2424 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2426 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2433 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2435 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2437 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2438 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2440 format_start = cmdrest;
2442 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2444 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2446 format_end = cmdrest;
2448 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2449 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2451 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2453 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2454 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2456 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2458 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2460 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2462 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2463 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2466 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2471 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2472 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2474 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2478 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2479 that may show up. */
2482 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2483 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2484 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2486 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2488 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2489 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2490 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2495 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2497 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2501 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2502 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2503 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2506 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2508 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2509 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2510 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2511 struct bp_location *loc;
2513 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2514 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands);
2516 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2519 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2520 if (dprintf_style != dprintf_style_agent)
2523 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2524 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2525 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2527 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2530 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2531 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2532 && loc->owner->type != bp_dprintf)
2536 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2537 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2538 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2539 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2540 response back to GDB. */
2541 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2544 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2548 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2550 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2551 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2552 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2553 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2554 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2555 loc->owner->extra_string);
2556 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2559 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2560 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2561 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2563 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2569 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2571 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2573 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2576 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2577 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2579 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2581 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2584 free_agent_expr (loc->cmd_bytecode);
2585 loc->cmd_bytecode = NULL;
2590 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2591 for this location's address. */
2592 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2595 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2596 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2597 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2598 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2600 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2601 to send the commands to the target. */
2602 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2606 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2607 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2608 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2609 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2612 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2613 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2614 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2615 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2618 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2619 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2621 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2622 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2623 int *disabled_breaks,
2624 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2625 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2627 enum errors bp_err = GDB_NO_ERROR;
2628 const char *bp_err_message = NULL;
2630 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2633 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2634 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2635 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2636 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2637 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2638 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2639 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2640 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2641 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2642 bl->target_info.reqstd_address = bl->address;
2643 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2644 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2646 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2647 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2648 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2649 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2651 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2653 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2654 build_target_command_list (bl);
2655 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2656 bl->needs_update = 0;
2659 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2660 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2662 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2664 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2665 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2666 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2668 Two important cases are:
2669 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2670 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2671 hardware breakpoint.
2672 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2673 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2674 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2677 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2678 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2679 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2680 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2682 struct mem_region *mr
2683 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.reqstd_address);
2687 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2689 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2691 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2692 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2694 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2696 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2698 static int said = 0;
2700 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2703 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2704 _("Note: automatically using "
2705 "hardware breakpoints for "
2706 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2711 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2712 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2714 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2715 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2716 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2717 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2719 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2725 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2726 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2727 || bl->section == NULL
2728 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2730 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2735 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2737 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2739 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2742 bp_err_message = e.message;
2748 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2749 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2750 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2752 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2753 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2754 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2755 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2756 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2760 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2762 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2763 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2764 bl->overlay_target_info.reqstd_address = addr;
2766 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2771 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2772 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2774 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2776 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2779 bp_err_message = e.message;
2783 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2784 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2785 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2786 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2790 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2791 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2793 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2798 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2800 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2802 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2805 bp_err_message = e.message;
2811 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2812 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2817 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2819 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2821 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2822 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2823 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2824 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2825 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2826 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2827 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2828 errors as memory errors. */
2829 if ((bp_err == GENERIC_ERROR || bp_err == MEMORY_ERROR)
2830 && bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2831 && (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
2832 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
2835 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2836 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2837 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2838 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2840 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2841 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2843 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2844 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2845 "library breakpoints:\n");
2847 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2848 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2849 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2854 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2856 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2857 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = bp_err_message != NULL;
2858 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2859 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2860 bl->owner->number, bp_err_message ? ":" : ".\n");
2861 if (bp_err_message != NULL)
2862 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", bp_err_message);
2866 if (bp_err_message == NULL)
2869 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO,
2870 bl->gdbarch, bl->address);
2871 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2873 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2874 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2876 bl->owner->number, message);
2877 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2881 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2882 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2897 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2898 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2899 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2900 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2904 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2905 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2907 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2909 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2910 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2911 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2913 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2915 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2916 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2918 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2920 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2921 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2925 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2926 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2933 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2934 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2937 /* Back to the original value. */
2938 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2942 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2945 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2949 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2950 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2952 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2955 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2959 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2960 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2962 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2965 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2967 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2968 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2969 so just return success. */
2976 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2977 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2981 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2983 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2984 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2986 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2987 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2989 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2990 delete_breakpoint (b);
2993 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2994 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2995 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2997 struct bp_location *tmp;
2999 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
3001 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3002 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
3003 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
3005 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
3006 if (tmp->next == loc)
3008 tmp->next = loc->next;
3014 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
3015 removed locations above. */
3016 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
3019 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
3020 Throws exception on any error.
3021 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
3022 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
3024 insert_breakpoints (void)
3026 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3028 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3029 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
3031 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
3033 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
3036 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
3037 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
3038 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
3039 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
3042 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
3045 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
3047 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
3049 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
3051 callback (loc, NULL);
3055 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3056 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3057 always-inserted mode. */
3060 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3062 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3065 int disabled_breaks = 0;
3066 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
3067 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
3069 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3070 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3072 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3073 there was an error. */
3074 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
3076 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3078 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3080 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3082 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
3085 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3086 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3087 deletion of breakpoints. */
3088 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
3091 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3093 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3094 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3095 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3096 insert breakpoints. */
3097 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3098 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3101 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
3102 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
3109 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3110 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3113 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3116 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3119 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3121 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3122 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3125 int disabled_breaks = 0;
3126 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
3127 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
3129 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3130 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3132 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3133 there was an error. */
3134 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
3136 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3138 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3140 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
3143 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3144 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3145 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3146 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
3147 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
3150 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3152 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3153 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3154 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3155 insert breakpoints. */
3156 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3157 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3160 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
3161 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
3166 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3167 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3168 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3170 int some_failed = 0;
3171 struct bp_location *loc;
3173 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
3176 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3179 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
3182 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3183 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
3190 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3192 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
3194 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
3195 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3196 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3204 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3205 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3206 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
3208 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3209 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3210 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3212 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3213 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3216 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3219 /* Used when the program stops.
3220 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3221 removing a breakpoint location. */
3224 remove_breakpoints (void)
3226 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3229 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3231 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
3232 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3237 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3241 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info *tp, int silent)
3243 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3245 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3247 if (b->thread == tp->global_num && user_breakpoint_p (b))
3249 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3251 printf_filtered (_("\
3252 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3253 b->number, print_thread_id (tp));
3255 /* Hide it from the user. */
3261 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3264 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
3266 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3268 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3270 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3272 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3275 if (bl->inserted && !bl->target_info.persist)
3277 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3286 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
3288 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3289 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3291 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
3292 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
3293 struct inferior *inf;
3294 struct thread_info *tp;
3296 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
3300 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3301 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3303 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
3305 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3306 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3308 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3310 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3316 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
3319 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3324 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3328 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3330 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3331 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3332 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3333 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3334 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3335 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3337 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3340 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3343 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3344 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3348 static struct breakpoint *
3349 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3350 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3351 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3353 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3354 struct breakpoint *b;
3356 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3359 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3360 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3362 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3363 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3364 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3369 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3371 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3373 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3375 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3376 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3378 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3379 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym;
3381 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3382 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3384 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3385 int longjmp_searched;
3387 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3388 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3390 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3391 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym;
3393 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3394 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym;
3396 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3397 int exception_searched;
3399 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3400 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3403 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3405 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3406 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3408 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3411 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3413 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3416 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3417 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3419 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3420 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3422 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3424 bp_objfile_data = ((struct breakpoint_objfile_data *)
3425 objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key));
3426 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3429 XOBNEW (&objfile->objfile_obstack, struct breakpoint_objfile_data);
3431 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3432 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3434 return bp_objfile_data;
3438 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3440 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data
3441 = (struct breakpoint_objfile_data *) data;
3443 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3444 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3448 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3450 struct objfile *objfile;
3451 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3453 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3455 struct breakpoint *b;
3456 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3458 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3460 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3462 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym))
3465 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym == NULL)
3467 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3469 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3470 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3472 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3473 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3476 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3479 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3480 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3482 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3483 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3484 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3485 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3487 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3489 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3490 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3494 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3495 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3501 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3503 struct program_space *pspace;
3504 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3506 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3508 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3510 struct objfile *objfile;
3512 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3514 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3517 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3518 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3520 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3522 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3524 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3528 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3531 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3532 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3534 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3536 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3537 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3538 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3542 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes = ret;
3543 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3546 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3549 struct probe *probe;
3550 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3553 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3554 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3558 struct breakpoint *b;
3560 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3561 get_probe_address (probe,
3564 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3566 = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3567 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3573 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3576 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3578 struct breakpoint *b;
3579 const char *func_name;
3581 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3583 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym))
3586 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3587 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym == NULL)
3589 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3591 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3592 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3594 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3595 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym = &msym_not_found;
3598 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3601 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3602 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3603 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3604 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3605 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3606 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3607 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3612 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3615 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3617 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3619 struct program_space *pspace;
3620 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3621 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3623 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3625 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3627 struct objfile *objfile;
3630 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3632 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3634 struct breakpoint *b;
3635 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3636 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3638 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3640 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym))
3643 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym == NULL)
3645 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3647 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3648 if (m.minsym == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_text
3649 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_file_text))
3651 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3652 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3655 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3658 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3659 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3660 bp_std_terminate_master,
3661 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3662 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3663 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3664 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3665 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3669 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3672 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3675 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3677 struct objfile *objfile;
3678 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3680 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3682 struct breakpoint *b;
3683 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3684 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3686 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
3688 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3690 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3691 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3695 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3699 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3700 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3702 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3704 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3705 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3706 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3710 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes = ret;
3711 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3714 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3716 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3718 struct probe *probe;
3721 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3722 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3726 struct breakpoint *b;
3728 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3729 get_probe_address (probe,
3731 bp_exception_master,
3732 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3734 = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3735 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3741 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3743 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym))
3746 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3748 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym == NULL)
3750 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook;
3752 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3753 if (debug_hook.minsym == NULL)
3755 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3759 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3762 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3763 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3765 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3766 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3767 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3768 explicit_loc.function_name = ASTRDUP (func_name);
3769 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
3770 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3774 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3777 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint *b)
3779 return b->location != NULL && event_location_empty_p (b->location);
3783 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3785 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3786 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3788 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3789 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3790 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3791 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3792 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3793 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3794 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3795 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3796 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3797 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3798 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3800 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3802 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3805 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3806 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3808 delete_breakpoint (b);
3812 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3813 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3815 delete_breakpoint (b);
3819 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3820 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3821 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3822 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3823 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3825 delete_breakpoint (b);
3829 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3830 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3832 delete_breakpoint (b);
3836 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3837 if (b->type == bp_single_step)
3839 delete_breakpoint (b);
3843 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3845 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3846 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3847 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3849 delete_breakpoint (b);
3853 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3855 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3856 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3857 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3858 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3862 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3863 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3864 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3865 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3866 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3867 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3869 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3870 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3871 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3872 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3873 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3874 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3875 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3877 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3878 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3879 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3880 let finish_command delete it.
3882 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3883 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3884 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3885 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3886 solib breakpoints.) */
3888 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3893 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3894 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3896 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b))
3898 delete_breakpoint (b);
3905 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3907 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3909 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3910 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3912 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid))
3913 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3915 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3916 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3917 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3919 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3922 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3923 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3924 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3925 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3926 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3927 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3928 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3932 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3935 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3939 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3940 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3941 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3942 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3943 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3946 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3950 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3951 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3953 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3954 This should not ever happen. */
3955 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3957 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3958 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3960 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3961 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3962 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3964 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3965 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3966 || bl->section == NULL
3967 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3969 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3971 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3972 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3973 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3974 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3975 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3976 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3977 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3978 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3979 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3980 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3981 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3982 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3983 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3984 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3985 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3986 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3987 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3988 they should always be removed. */
3989 if (bl->shlib_disabled
3990 && bl->target_info.shadow_len != 0
3991 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info))
3994 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3998 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3999 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
4000 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
4002 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
4003 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
4005 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
4006 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
4007 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4008 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
4009 &bl->overlay_target_info);
4011 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
4012 &bl->overlay_target_info);
4014 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
4015 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
4018 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
4019 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
4020 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
4021 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
4023 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
4024 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
4025 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
4026 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4027 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4028 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
4034 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
4039 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
4040 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
4041 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
4042 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
4043 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
4044 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
4045 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
4046 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
4047 always-inserted mode. */
4049 && (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4050 && (bl->shlib_disabled
4051 || solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
4052 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
4058 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
4060 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
4062 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
4063 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
4065 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
4066 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
4068 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4069 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
4070 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4073 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
4074 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4077 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
4078 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
4080 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
4084 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
4091 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
4094 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4096 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4097 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
4099 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4100 This should not ever happen. */
4101 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
4103 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
4105 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
4107 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
4109 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4113 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4116 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4118 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4120 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4121 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
4125 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4126 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4128 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4131 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4132 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4133 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4138 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
4140 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
4141 struct bp_location *bl;
4143 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
4145 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4147 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4150 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4152 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
4154 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
4160 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
4162 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4163 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4166 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4168 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4170 case bp_shlib_event:
4172 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4173 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4174 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4175 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4176 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4178 (gdb) file prog-linux
4179 (gdb) run # native linux target
4182 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4183 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4186 case bp_step_resume:
4188 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4190 case bp_single_step:
4192 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4194 delete_breakpoint (b);
4198 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4199 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4200 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4202 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4204 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4205 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
4206 delete_breakpoint (b);
4207 else if (context == inf_starting)
4209 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4210 insert_breakpoints. */
4212 value_free (w->val);
4223 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4224 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
4225 decref_bp_location (&bl);
4226 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
4229 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4230 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4231 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4232 match, not program space. */
4234 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4235 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4236 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4237 permanent breakpoint.
4238 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4239 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4240 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4241 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4242 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4244 enum breakpoint_here
4245 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4247 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4248 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
4250 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4252 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4253 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4256 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4257 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4259 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4261 if (overlay_debugging
4262 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4263 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4264 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4265 else if (bl->permanent)
4266 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
4268 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
4272 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : no_breakpoint_here;
4275 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4278 breakpoint_in_range_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4279 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4281 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4283 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4285 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4286 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4289 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4291 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl, aspace,
4294 if (overlay_debugging
4295 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4296 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4298 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4309 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4312 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4314 struct bp_location *loc;
4317 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4318 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
4324 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4328 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location *bl,
4329 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4332 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
4335 if (overlay_debugging
4336 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4337 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4338 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4345 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4348 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4350 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4352 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4354 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4356 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4357 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4360 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4366 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4370 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4373 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4375 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4377 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4379 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4382 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4389 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4392 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4395 struct bp_location **blp, **blp_tmp = NULL;
4397 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp, blp_tmp, pc)
4399 struct bp_location *bl = *blp;
4401 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4404 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl, aspace, pc))
4412 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
4413 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4415 struct breakpoint *bpt;
4417 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
4419 struct bp_location *loc;
4421 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4422 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
4425 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
4428 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4429 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
4433 /* Check for intersection. */
4434 l = max (loc->address, addr);
4435 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
4444 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4448 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4450 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4453 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4457 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4459 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4460 value_free (bs->old_val);
4461 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4462 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4466 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4467 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4470 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4487 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4488 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4491 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4495 bpstat retval = NULL;
4500 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4502 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4503 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4504 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4505 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4506 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4508 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4509 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4513 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4523 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4526 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4531 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4533 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4539 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4542 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig)
4544 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4546 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4548 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4550 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
4555 if (bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at,
4564 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4565 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4566 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4567 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4569 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4570 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4572 Return 1 otherwise. */
4575 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4577 struct breakpoint *b;
4580 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4582 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4583 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4584 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4585 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4586 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4588 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4590 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4594 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4597 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4599 struct thread_info *tp;
4602 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4605 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4609 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4611 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4613 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4615 value_free (bs->old_val);
4621 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4624 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4626 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4628 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4630 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4631 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4632 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4633 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4634 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4638 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4641 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4644 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4646 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4649 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4650 or its equivalent. */
4653 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4655 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0);
4658 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4659 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4660 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4661 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4663 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4664 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4665 bpstat of the current thread. */
4668 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4671 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4674 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4676 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4679 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4680 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4682 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4684 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4687 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4688 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4690 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4691 struct command_line *cmd;
4692 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4694 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4696 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4697 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4698 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4699 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4700 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4701 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4702 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4703 the tree when we're done. */
4704 ccmd = bs->commands;
4705 bs->commands = NULL;
4706 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4707 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4708 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4710 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4716 execute_control_command (cmd);
4718 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4724 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4725 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4727 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4729 if (current_ui->async)
4730 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4731 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4732 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4735 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4736 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4737 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4738 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4739 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4740 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4741 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4742 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4743 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4744 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4745 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4746 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4747 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4752 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4757 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4759 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4761 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4762 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4763 && target_has_execution
4764 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4765 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4766 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4767 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4768 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4769 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4770 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4773 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4776 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4779 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4782 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4785 struct value_print_options opts;
4786 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4787 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4791 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4792 debugging multiple threads. */
4795 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out *uiout)
4797 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4800 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
4802 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4805 struct thread_info *thr = inferior_thread ();
4807 ui_out_text (uiout, "Thread ");
4808 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr));
4810 name = thr->name != NULL ? thr->name : target_thread_name (thr);
4813 ui_out_text (uiout, " \"");
4814 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "name", "%s", name);
4815 ui_out_text (uiout, "\"");
4818 ui_out_text (uiout, " hit ");
4822 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4823 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4824 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4825 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4828 static enum print_stop_action
4829 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4831 switch (bs->print_it)
4834 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4835 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4839 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4840 relevant messages. */
4841 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4844 case print_it_normal:
4846 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4848 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4849 which has since been deleted. */
4851 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4853 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4854 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4859 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4860 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4865 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4868 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4871 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4873 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4877 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4878 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4879 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4881 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4882 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4883 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4886 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4887 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4888 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4892 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4896 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4897 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4900 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4905 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4906 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4907 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4910 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4915 struct so_list *iter;
4917 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4919 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4920 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4923 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4928 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4929 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4930 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4933 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4937 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4938 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4939 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4940 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4941 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4942 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4943 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4946 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4947 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4948 code to print the location. An example is
4949 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4951 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4952 to also print the location part of the message.
4953 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4954 don't require a location appended to the end.
4955 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4956 further info to be printed. */
4958 enum print_stop_action
4959 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4961 enum print_stop_action val;
4963 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4964 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4965 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4966 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4967 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4969 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4970 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4971 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4972 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4976 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4977 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4978 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4979 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4981 print_solib_event (0);
4982 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4985 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4986 with and nothing was printed. */
4987 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4990 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4991 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4992 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4993 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4994 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4995 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4998 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
5000 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5001 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
5003 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5007 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
5010 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
5014 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
5016 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
5017 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
5018 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
5019 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
5020 incref_bp_location (bl);
5021 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
5022 bs->commands = NULL;
5024 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
5028 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
5029 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
5032 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5034 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
5036 struct breakpoint *b;
5038 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
5040 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
5041 as not triggered. */
5043 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
5045 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5047 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
5053 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target, &addr))
5055 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
5056 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
5058 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
5060 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5062 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
5068 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
5069 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
5073 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
5075 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5076 struct bp_location *loc;
5078 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
5079 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
5081 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
5083 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
5084 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
5086 if (newaddr == start)
5088 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5092 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
5093 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target,
5097 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5106 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
5107 because of check_errors). */
5108 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
5109 #define WP_DELETED 1
5110 /* The value has changed. */
5111 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
5112 /* The value has not changed. */
5113 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
5114 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
5117 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
5118 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5120 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5123 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5124 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5127 watchpoint_check (void *p)
5129 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
5130 struct watchpoint *b;
5131 struct frame_info *fr;
5132 int within_current_scope;
5134 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5135 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
5136 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5138 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5139 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5140 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5141 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
5144 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
5145 within_current_scope = 1;
5148 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
5149 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5150 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
5152 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5153 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5154 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5155 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5156 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5157 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5158 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5159 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5160 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5161 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
5164 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
5165 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
5167 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5168 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5169 if (within_current_scope)
5171 struct symbol *function;
5173 function = get_frame_function (fr);
5174 if (function == NULL
5175 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
5176 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
5177 within_current_scope = 0;
5180 if (within_current_scope)
5181 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5182 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5187 if (within_current_scope)
5189 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5190 time before we return to the command level and call
5191 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5192 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5196 struct value *new_val;
5198 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
5199 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5200 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5201 a mask watchpoint. */
5202 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5204 mark = value_mark ();
5205 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL, 0);
5207 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
5208 new_val = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, new_val);
5210 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5211 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5212 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5213 not what we want. */
5214 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
5215 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
5217 if (new_val != NULL)
5219 release_value (new_val);
5220 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5222 bs->old_val = b->val;
5225 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5229 /* Nothing changed. */
5230 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5231 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
5236 struct switch_thru_all_uis state;
5238 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5239 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5240 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5241 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5242 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5243 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5244 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5245 the first value assigned). */
5246 /* We print all the stop information in
5247 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5248 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5249 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5252 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS (state)
5254 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5256 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5258 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
5259 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
5260 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
5262 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n"
5263 "which its expression is valid.\n");
5266 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5267 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
5268 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5274 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5275 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5276 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5279 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
5280 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
5281 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5283 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
5285 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5286 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5288 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
5291 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5292 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5295 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
5297 const struct bp_location *bl;
5298 struct watchpoint *b;
5300 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5301 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5302 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5303 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5304 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5307 int must_check_value = 0;
5309 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5310 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5312 must_check_value = 1;
5313 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
5314 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5315 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5317 must_check_value = 1;
5318 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
5319 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5320 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5321 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5322 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5323 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5324 must_check_value = 1;
5326 if (must_check_value)
5329 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5331 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
5332 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
5334 do_cleanups (cleanups);
5338 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5339 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5343 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5346 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
5347 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
5349 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5351 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5352 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5353 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5354 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5355 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5356 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5357 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5360 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5361 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5364 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5365 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5366 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5367 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5369 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5370 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5371 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5374 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5375 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5376 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5377 changes. This still gives false positives when
5378 the program writes the same value to memory as
5379 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5380 it for a read), but it's much better than
5383 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
5385 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
5387 struct breakpoint *other_b;
5389 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
5390 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5391 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
5393 struct watchpoint *other_w =
5394 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
5396 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
5397 == watch_triggered_yes)
5399 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
5405 if (other_write_watchpoint
5406 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
5408 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5409 and the value changed since the last time we
5410 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5412 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5417 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
5418 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5419 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5421 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5422 the value hasn't changed. */
5423 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5431 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5433 struct switch_thru_all_uis state;
5435 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS (state)
5437 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5440 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5441 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5442 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5447 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5449 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5450 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5451 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5452 anything for this watchpoint. */
5453 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5459 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5460 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5461 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5462 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5465 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5467 const struct bp_location *bl;
5468 struct breakpoint *b;
5469 int value_is_zero = 0;
5470 struct expression *cond;
5472 gdb_assert (bs->stop);
5474 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5475 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5476 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5477 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5478 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5480 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5481 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5482 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5484 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5485 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5491 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5492 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5494 if ((b->thread != -1 && b->thread != ptid_to_global_thread_id (ptid))
5495 || (b->task != 0 && b->task != ada_get_task_number (ptid)))
5502 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5504 bs->stop = breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b);
5506 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5508 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5515 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5517 int within_current_scope = 1;
5518 struct watchpoint * w;
5520 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5521 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5522 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5523 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5525 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5527 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5528 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5532 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5533 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5534 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5535 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5536 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5538 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5539 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5542 struct frame_info *frame;
5544 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5545 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5546 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5547 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5548 really matter which instantiation of the function
5549 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5550 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5551 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5552 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5553 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5554 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5555 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5556 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5558 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5560 select_frame (frame);
5562 within_current_scope = 0;
5564 if (within_current_scope)
5566 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5567 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5571 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5572 "in the current scope"));
5573 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5574 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5577 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5578 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5581 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5585 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5589 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5591 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5595 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5596 on the current target. */
5599 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location *loc)
5601 return ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5602 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5603 || (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5604 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5608 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5609 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5611 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5612 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5615 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5617 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5619 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5620 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5621 several reasons concurrently.)
5623 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5624 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5627 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5628 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5629 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5631 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5632 struct bp_location *bl;
5633 struct bp_location *loc;
5634 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5635 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5636 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5639 int need_remove_insert;
5642 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5643 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5644 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5645 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5646 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5647 inferior function calls. */
5651 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
5654 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5656 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5657 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5658 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5659 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5660 checked all locations already. */
5661 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5664 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5667 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5670 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5673 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5676 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5677 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5678 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5682 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5683 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5684 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5686 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5688 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5690 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5695 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5696 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5697 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5699 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5701 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr)
5702 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc))
5704 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5705 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5708 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5713 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5714 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5715 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5717 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5719 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5721 handle_solib_event ();
5726 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5727 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5728 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5732 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5737 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5738 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5741 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5746 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5748 /* We will stop here. */
5749 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5751 --(b->enable_count);
5752 if (b->enable_count <= 0)
5753 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5758 bs->commands = b->commands;
5759 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5760 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5761 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5764 b->ops->after_condition_true (bs);
5769 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5771 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5772 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5775 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5776 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5777 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5779 need_remove_insert = 0;
5780 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5781 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5783 && bs->breakpoint_at
5784 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5786 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5788 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5789 need_remove_insert = 1;
5792 if (need_remove_insert)
5793 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
5794 else if (removed_any)
5795 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
5801 handle_jit_event (void)
5803 struct frame_info *frame;
5804 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5807 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5809 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5810 breakpoint_re_set. */
5811 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5813 frame = get_current_frame ();
5814 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5816 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5818 target_terminal_inferior ();
5821 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5823 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5826 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5828 struct bpstat_what retval;
5831 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5832 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5833 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5835 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5837 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5838 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5839 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5842 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5844 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5845 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5849 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5856 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5857 case bp_single_step:
5860 case bp_shlib_event:
5864 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5866 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5869 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5872 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5873 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5874 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5878 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5880 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5884 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5885 This requires no further action. */
5889 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5893 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5894 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5897 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5899 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5900 case bp_exception_resume:
5903 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5904 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5907 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5909 case bp_step_resume:
5911 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5914 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5915 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5918 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5920 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5923 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5924 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5927 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5928 case bp_thread_event:
5929 case bp_overlay_event:
5930 case bp_longjmp_master:
5931 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5932 case bp_exception_master:
5933 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5939 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5941 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5945 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5946 This requires no further action. */
5950 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5953 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5954 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5955 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5956 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5958 case bp_std_terminate:
5959 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5960 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5961 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5962 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5965 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5966 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5967 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5968 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5970 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5971 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5973 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5974 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5975 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5977 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5978 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5979 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5980 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5985 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5987 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5991 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5992 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5995 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
6002 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head)
6006 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
6008 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6015 handle_jit_event ();
6017 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6018 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
6020 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6021 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
6027 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
6028 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
6029 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
6032 bpstat_should_step (void)
6034 struct breakpoint *b;
6037 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
6043 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
6045 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
6054 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
6055 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
6056 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
6059 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
6061 static char wrap_indent[80];
6062 int i, total_width, width, align;
6066 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
6068 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
6070 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
6071 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
6072 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
6077 total_width += width + 1;
6083 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
6084 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
6086 "host": Host evals condition.
6087 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
6088 "target": Target evals condition.
6092 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
6094 struct bp_location *bl;
6095 char host_evals = 0;
6096 char target_evals = 0;
6101 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
6104 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6105 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6106 return condition_evaluation_host;
6108 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6110 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
6116 if (host_evals && target_evals)
6117 return condition_evaluation_both;
6118 else if (target_evals)
6119 return condition_evaluation_target;
6121 return condition_evaluation_host;
6124 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
6125 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
6128 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
6130 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
6133 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6134 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6135 return condition_evaluation_host;
6137 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
6138 return condition_evaluation_target;
6140 return condition_evaluation_host;
6143 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6146 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6147 struct bp_location *loc)
6149 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6150 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
6152 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
6156 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
6158 if (b->display_canonical)
6159 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what",
6160 event_location_to_string (b->location));
6161 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
6164 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
6167 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
6168 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
6169 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
6170 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
6171 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
6172 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
6174 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
6175 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
6176 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
6178 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6179 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname",
6180 symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
6182 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
6186 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
6187 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
6189 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
6191 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
6193 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
6197 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending",
6198 event_location_to_string (b->location));
6199 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
6200 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
6201 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
6202 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && b->extra_string != NULL)
6204 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
6205 ui_out_text (uiout, ",");
6207 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
6208 ui_out_text (uiout, b->extra_string);
6212 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
6213 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6214 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
6216 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6217 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6218 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
6219 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
6222 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6226 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
6228 struct ep_type_description
6233 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
6235 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
6236 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
6237 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
6238 {bp_single_step, "sw single-step"},
6239 {bp_until, "until"},
6240 {bp_finish, "finish"},
6241 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
6242 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
6243 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
6244 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
6245 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
6246 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
6247 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6248 {bp_exception, "exception"},
6249 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
6250 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
6251 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
6252 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
6253 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
6254 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
6255 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
6256 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
6257 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
6258 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
6259 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
6260 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
6261 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
6262 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
6263 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
6264 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
6265 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
6266 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
6267 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6268 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6271 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
6272 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
6273 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6274 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6277 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
6280 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6281 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6284 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
6285 const char *field_name,
6289 struct cleanup *back_to;
6290 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout);
6294 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6295 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6296 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
6299 back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout, field_name);
6301 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
6307 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
6308 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group);
6313 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
6315 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
6317 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf));
6321 do_cleanups (back_to);
6324 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6327 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6328 struct bp_location *loc,
6330 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6333 struct command_line *l;
6334 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
6336 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6337 int header_of_multiple = 0;
6338 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
6339 struct value_print_options opts;
6341 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6343 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
6344 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6345 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6348 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
6349 header_of_multiple = 1;
6357 if (part_of_multiple)
6360 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
6361 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
6366 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
6371 if (part_of_multiple)
6372 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
6374 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
6378 if (part_of_multiple)
6379 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
6381 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6386 if (part_of_multiple)
6387 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
6389 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
6390 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
6391 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
6395 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
6397 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6398 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6399 make sure there's just one location. */
6400 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
6401 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
6407 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6408 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6412 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6413 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6414 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6416 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6418 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6419 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6420 is relatively readable). */
6421 if (opts.addressprint)
6422 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6424 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
6429 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6430 case bp_single_step:
6434 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6435 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6437 case bp_exception_resume:
6438 case bp_step_resume:
6439 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6440 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6442 case bp_std_terminate:
6443 case bp_shlib_event:
6444 case bp_thread_event:
6445 case bp_overlay_event:
6446 case bp_longjmp_master:
6447 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6448 case bp_exception_master:
6450 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6451 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6454 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6455 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6456 if (opts.addressprint)
6459 if (header_of_multiple)
6460 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6461 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
6462 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6464 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
6465 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
6468 if (!header_of_multiple)
6469 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
6476 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6478 struct inferior *inf;
6479 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6484 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6485 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6488 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6489 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6491 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6492 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6493 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6494 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6495 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6496 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6498 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6499 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6502 if (!part_of_multiple)
6504 if (b->thread != -1)
6506 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6507 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6508 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
6509 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6511 else if (b->task != 0)
6513 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6514 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6518 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6520 if (!part_of_multiple)
6521 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6523 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6526 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6527 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6529 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6530 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6531 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6534 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6537 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6538 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6540 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6541 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6543 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6544 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6545 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6546 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6547 == condition_evaluation_target)
6549 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6550 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6551 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6552 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6554 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6557 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6559 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6560 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6561 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6562 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6565 struct thread_info *thr = find_thread_global_id (b->thread);
6567 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "thread", print_thread_id (thr));
6569 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6572 if (!part_of_multiple)
6576 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6577 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6578 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6579 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6580 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6582 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6583 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6584 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6585 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6586 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6588 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6592 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6593 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6594 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6598 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6601 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6602 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6603 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6606 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6607 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6608 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6609 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6612 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6613 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6614 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6615 if (b->ignore_count)
6616 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6618 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6619 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6620 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6623 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6625 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6627 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6629 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6630 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6631 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6635 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6636 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6638 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6641 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6642 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6643 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6646 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6648 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6650 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6652 annotate_field (10);
6653 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6654 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6655 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6658 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6660 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6662 annotate_field (11);
6664 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6665 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6666 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6670 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6672 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6673 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6678 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6680 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6682 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6684 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6686 else if (b->location != NULL
6687 && event_location_to_string (b->location) != NULL)
6688 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location",
6689 event_location_to_string (b->location));
6694 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6695 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6698 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6699 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6701 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6703 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6704 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6706 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6707 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6708 locations, if any. */
6709 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6711 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6712 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6713 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6716 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6717 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6719 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6720 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6722 struct bp_location *loc;
6725 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6727 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6728 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6729 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6730 do_cleanups (inner2);
6737 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6739 int print_address_bits = 0;
6740 struct bp_location *loc;
6742 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6743 address to print. */
6744 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b))
6747 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6751 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6752 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6753 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6756 return print_address_bits;
6759 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6765 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6767 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args
6768 = (struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *) data;
6769 struct breakpoint *b;
6770 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6774 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6776 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6784 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6785 char **error_message)
6787 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6790 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6792 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6793 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6799 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6800 internal or momentary. */
6803 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6805 return b->number > 0;
6808 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6809 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6810 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6811 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6812 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6813 breakpoints listed. */
6816 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6817 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6819 struct breakpoint *b;
6820 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6821 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6822 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6823 struct value_print_options opts;
6824 int print_address_bits = 0;
6825 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6826 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6828 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6830 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6831 required for address fields. */
6832 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6835 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6836 if (filter && !filter (b))
6839 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6840 accept. Skip the others. */
6841 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6843 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6845 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6849 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6851 int addr_bit, type_len;
6853 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6854 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6855 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6857 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6858 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6859 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6861 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6865 if (opts.addressprint)
6867 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6868 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6872 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6873 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6876 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6877 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6878 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6880 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6881 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6883 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6884 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6885 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6887 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6888 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6890 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6891 if (opts.addressprint)
6893 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6895 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6896 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6897 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6899 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6900 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6902 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6904 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6905 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6906 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6907 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6912 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6913 if (filter && !filter (b))
6916 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6917 accept. Skip the others. */
6919 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6921 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6923 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6926 else /* all others */
6928 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6932 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6934 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6935 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6938 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6940 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6942 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6946 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6947 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6949 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6950 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6956 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6957 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6960 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6961 there have been breakpoints? */
6962 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6964 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6967 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6968 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6971 default_collect_info (void)
6973 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6975 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6976 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6978 if (!*default_collect)
6981 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6983 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6984 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6985 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6989 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6991 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6993 default_collect_info ();
6997 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6999 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
7000 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7002 if (num_printed == 0)
7004 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
7005 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
7007 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
7012 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
7014 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
7016 default_collect_info ();
7020 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
7021 struct program_space *pspace,
7022 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
7024 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
7026 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
7028 if (bl->pspace == pspace
7029 && bl->address == pc
7030 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
7036 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
7037 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
7041 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7042 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
7043 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
7046 struct breakpoint *b;
7049 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
7050 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
7054 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
7055 else /* if (others == ???) */
7056 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
7058 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
7061 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
7062 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
7063 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
7064 else if (b->thread != -1)
7065 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
7066 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
7067 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
7068 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
7072 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
7074 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
7075 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
7076 printf_filtered (".\n");
7081 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
7082 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
7083 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
7084 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
7086 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
7087 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
7088 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
7089 breakpoint location at address zero:
7097 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7099 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
7101 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
7104 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
7105 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
7108 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
7109 struct bp_location *loc2)
7111 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
7112 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
7114 /* Both of them must exist. */
7115 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
7116 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
7118 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
7119 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
7120 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
7121 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
7122 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
7123 other watchpoint. */
7125 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
7127 loc1->watchpoint_type,
7130 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
7132 loc2->watchpoint_type,
7136 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
7137 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
7138 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
7139 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
7140 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
7141 become hw_access locations later. */
7142 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
7143 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
7144 && loc1->address == loc2->address
7145 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
7148 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7151 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
7152 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
7154 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7155 || aspace1 == aspace2)
7159 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7160 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7161 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7162 space doesn't really matter. */
7165 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
7166 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
7169 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7170 || aspace1 == aspace2)
7171 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
7174 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7175 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7176 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7177 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7180 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
7181 struct address_space *aspace,
7184 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
7187 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
7188 bl->address, bl->length,
7192 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
7193 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
7194 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
7195 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
7196 doesn't really matter. */
7199 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location *bl,
7200 struct address_space *aspace,
7201 CORE_ADDR addr, int len)
7203 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7204 || bl->pspace->aspace == aspace)
7206 int bl_len = bl->length != 0 ? bl->length : 1;
7208 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr, len, bl->address, bl_len))
7214 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7215 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7216 true, otherwise returns false. */
7219 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
7220 struct bp_location *loc2)
7222 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
7223 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7224 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7225 different locations. */
7226 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
7231 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7232 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7233 represent the same location. */
7236 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
7237 struct bp_location *loc2)
7239 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
7241 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7242 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
7243 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
7245 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
7246 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
7248 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
7251 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
7252 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
7253 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
7255 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7256 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
7257 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
7258 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
7262 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
7263 int bnum, int have_bnum)
7265 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7266 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7270 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
7271 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
7273 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7274 bnum, astr1, astr2);
7276 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
7279 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7280 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7281 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7282 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7285 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7286 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
7288 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
7290 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7293 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
7294 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
7295 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
7296 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
7297 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
7299 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7300 have their addresses modified. */
7303 else if (bptype == bp_single_step)
7305 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7306 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7307 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7308 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7309 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7310 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7315 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
7317 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7318 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7319 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
7321 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7322 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7324 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
7325 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
7327 return adjusted_bpaddr;
7332 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
7333 struct breakpoint *owner)
7335 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
7337 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7342 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
7343 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
7346 switch (owner->type)
7349 case bp_single_step:
7353 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7354 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
7356 case bp_exception_resume:
7357 case bp_step_resume:
7358 case bp_hp_step_resume:
7359 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7361 case bp_std_terminate:
7362 case bp_shlib_event:
7363 case bp_thread_event:
7364 case bp_overlay_event:
7366 case bp_longjmp_master:
7367 case bp_std_terminate_master:
7368 case bp_exception_master:
7369 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
7370 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
7372 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
7373 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7375 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7376 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
7377 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7379 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7380 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7381 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7382 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
7387 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
7388 case bp_static_tracepoint:
7389 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
7392 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7398 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7400 static struct bp_location *
7401 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7403 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
7407 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
7409 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
7413 /* Increment reference count. */
7416 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
7421 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7422 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7425 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
7427 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
7429 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
7430 free_bp_location (*blp);
7434 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7437 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
7439 struct breakpoint *b1;
7441 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7442 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7444 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
7446 breakpoint_chain = b;
7455 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7458 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
7459 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7461 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7463 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
7465 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7469 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
7470 b->language = current_language->la_language;
7471 b->input_radix = input_radix;
7473 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7476 b->ignore_count = 0;
7478 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
7479 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7480 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
7481 b->related_breakpoint = b;
7485 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7486 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7488 static struct breakpoint *
7489 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7491 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7493 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7495 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7496 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7500 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7501 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7505 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
7507 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
7509 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
7510 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
7511 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
7514 const char *function_name;
7515 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
7517 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
7518 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7520 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7522 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7524 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7525 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7526 &loc->requested_address))
7528 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7529 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7530 loc->requested_address,
7533 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7534 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7536 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7537 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7538 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7539 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7541 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7546 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7550 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7552 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7555 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7557 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal.symtab));
7562 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7563 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7564 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7566 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7567 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7568 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7571 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7572 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7573 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7575 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7577 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7579 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7580 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7582 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7583 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7585 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7586 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7589 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7590 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7591 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7592 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7593 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7594 is also returned as the value of this function.
7596 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7597 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7598 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7599 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7600 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7601 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7602 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7605 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7606 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7607 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7609 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7611 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7612 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7616 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7617 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7618 initiated the operation. */
7621 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7623 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7624 int thread = tp->global_num;
7626 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7627 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7628 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7629 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7630 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7631 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7632 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7633 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7635 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7636 struct breakpoint *clone;
7638 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7639 after their removal. */
7640 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7641 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7642 clone->thread = thread;
7645 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7648 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7650 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7652 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7654 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7655 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7657 if (b->thread == thread)
7658 delete_breakpoint (b);
7663 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7665 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7667 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7668 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7670 if (b->thread == thread)
7671 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7675 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7676 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7677 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7681 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7683 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7686 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7688 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7690 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7691 &momentary_breakpoint_ops,
7693 new_b->thread = ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7695 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7697 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7700 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7701 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7702 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7703 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7709 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7710 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7713 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7714 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7718 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info *tp)
7720 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7722 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7723 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == tp->global_num)
7725 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7727 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7728 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7729 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7730 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7733 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id, tp->ptid);
7735 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7737 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7738 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7739 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7741 delete_breakpoint (b);
7746 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7748 struct breakpoint *b;
7751 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7753 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7754 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7755 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7760 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7762 struct breakpoint *b;
7765 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7767 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7768 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
7769 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7773 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7774 master breakpoint. */
7776 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7778 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7780 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7781 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7782 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7784 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7785 &momentary_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7789 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7791 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7793 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7795 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7796 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7797 delete_breakpoint (b);
7801 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7803 struct breakpoint *b;
7805 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7806 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7808 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7809 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7810 b->location = new_address_location (b->loc->address, NULL, 0);
7812 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7817 struct lang_and_radix
7823 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7826 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7828 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7829 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7832 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7835 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7837 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7839 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7840 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7841 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7842 delete_breakpoint (b);
7846 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7848 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7850 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7851 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7852 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7853 delete_breakpoint (b);
7856 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7859 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7861 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7863 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7864 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7865 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7866 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7869 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7870 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7871 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7873 static struct breakpoint *
7874 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address,
7875 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
7877 struct breakpoint *b;
7879 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7880 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7881 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode);
7886 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7888 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7891 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7894 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7896 struct breakpoint *b;
7898 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7900 b = create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_INSERT);
7901 if (!b->loc->inserted)
7903 delete_breakpoint (b);
7909 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7910 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7913 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7915 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7917 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7919 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7920 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7922 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7923 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7924 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7925 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7926 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7927 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7928 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7929 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7930 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7931 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7932 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7933 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7936 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7941 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7942 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7943 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7946 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7948 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7949 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7951 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7952 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7953 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7954 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7955 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7956 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7959 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7961 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7962 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7964 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7965 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7966 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7967 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7968 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7969 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7970 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7971 || is_tracepoint (b))
7972 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7974 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7975 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7976 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7977 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7980 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7981 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7983 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7985 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7986 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7987 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7990 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7995 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7996 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7997 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
8000 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
8002 struct breakpoint *b;
8004 if (objfile == NULL)
8007 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
8008 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
8009 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
8010 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
8011 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
8012 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
8013 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
8014 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
8015 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
8016 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
8018 if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_SHARED) == 0
8019 || (objfile->flags & OBJF_USERLOADED) == 0)
8024 struct bp_location *loc;
8025 int bp_modified = 0;
8027 if (!is_breakpoint (b) && !is_tracepoint (b))
8030 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
8032 CORE_ADDR loc_addr = loc->address;
8034 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
8035 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
8038 if (loc->shlib_disabled != 0)
8041 if (objfile->pspace != loc->pspace)
8044 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
8045 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
8048 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr, objfile))
8050 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
8051 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
8052 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
8053 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
8054 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
8057 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
8064 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
8068 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
8070 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
8071 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
8072 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
8073 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8074 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8076 struct fork_catchpoint
8078 /* The base class. */
8079 struct breakpoint base;
8081 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
8082 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
8083 catchpoint has triggered. */
8084 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
8087 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8091 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
8093 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8096 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8100 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
8102 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8105 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8109 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
8110 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8111 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8113 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8115 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
8118 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
8122 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8125 static enum print_stop_action
8126 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
8128 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8129 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8130 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
8132 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8133 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
8134 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8135 ui_out_text (uiout, "Temporary catchpoint ");
8137 ui_out_text (uiout, "Catchpoint ");
8138 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8140 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8141 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
8142 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8144 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8145 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
8146 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8147 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8148 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8151 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8155 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8157 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8158 struct value_print_options opts;
8159 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8161 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8163 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8164 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8166 if (opts.addressprint)
8167 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8169 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
8170 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
8172 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
8173 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
8174 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8175 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
8178 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8179 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
8182 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8186 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
8188 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
8191 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8195 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8197 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
8198 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8201 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8203 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
8205 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8209 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
8211 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8214 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8218 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
8220 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8223 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8227 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
8228 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8229 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8231 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8233 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
8236 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
8240 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8243 static enum print_stop_action
8244 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
8246 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8247 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8248 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8250 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8251 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
8252 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8253 ui_out_text (uiout, "Temporary catchpoint ");
8255 ui_out_text (uiout, "Catchpoint ");
8256 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8258 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8259 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
8260 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8262 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8263 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
8264 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8265 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8266 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8269 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8273 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8275 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8276 struct value_print_options opts;
8277 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8279 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8280 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8281 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8283 if (opts.addressprint)
8284 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8286 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
8287 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
8289 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
8290 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
8291 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8292 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
8295 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8296 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
8299 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8303 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
8305 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
8308 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8312 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8314 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
8315 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8318 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8320 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
8322 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8323 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8324 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8325 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8326 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8328 struct solib_catchpoint
8330 /* The base class. */
8331 struct breakpoint base;
8333 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8334 unsigned char is_load;
8336 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8337 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8343 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8345 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8348 regfree (&self->compiled);
8349 xfree (self->regex);
8351 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8355 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8361 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8367 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
8368 struct address_space *aspace,
8370 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8372 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8373 struct breakpoint *other;
8375 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
8378 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
8380 struct bp_location *other_bl;
8382 if (other == bl->owner)
8385 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
8388 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
8391 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
8393 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
8402 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
8404 struct solib_catchpoint *self
8405 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
8410 struct so_list *iter;
8413 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
8418 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8427 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
8432 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8438 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
8441 static enum print_stop_action
8442 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
8444 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8445 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8447 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8448 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
8449 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8450 ui_out_text (uiout, "Temporary catchpoint ");
8452 ui_out_text (uiout, "Catchpoint ");
8453 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8454 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8455 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8456 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8457 print_solib_event (1);
8458 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8462 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
8464 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8465 struct value_print_options opts;
8466 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8469 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8470 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8471 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8473 if (opts.addressprint)
8476 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8483 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8485 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8490 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8492 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8494 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
8497 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8498 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
8499 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8503 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8505 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8507 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
8508 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8512 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8514 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8516 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
8517 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
8518 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8520 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
8521 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
8524 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
8526 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8527 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8528 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8529 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8530 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8531 created in an enabled state. */
8534 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
8536 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
8537 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8538 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8542 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8544 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
8545 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
8551 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
8554 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
8556 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
8557 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
8559 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
8562 c->is_load = is_load;
8563 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
8564 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
8566 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8568 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
8569 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8572 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8576 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
8577 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8580 const int enabled = 1;
8582 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8584 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
8588 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8589 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8591 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
8595 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8596 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8598 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8601 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8602 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8603 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8604 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8607 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8608 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8610 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8612 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8615 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8617 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8619 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8620 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8624 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8626 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8627 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8628 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8629 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8632 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8635 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8639 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8640 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8641 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8643 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8645 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8647 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8649 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8652 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8654 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8655 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8656 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8657 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8658 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8660 struct exec_catchpoint
8662 /* The base class. */
8663 struct breakpoint base;
8665 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8666 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8668 char *exec_pathname;
8671 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8675 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8677 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8679 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8681 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8685 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8687 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8691 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8693 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8697 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8698 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8699 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8701 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8703 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8706 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8710 static enum print_stop_action
8711 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8713 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8714 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8715 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8717 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8718 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
8719 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8720 ui_out_text (uiout, "Temporary catchpoint ");
8722 ui_out_text (uiout, "Catchpoint ");
8723 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8725 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8726 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8727 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8729 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8730 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8731 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8732 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8734 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8738 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8740 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8741 struct value_print_options opts;
8742 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8744 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8746 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8747 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8748 is relatively readable). */
8749 if (opts.addressprint)
8750 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8752 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8753 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8755 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8756 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8757 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8760 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8761 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
8765 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8767 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8770 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8774 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8776 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8777 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8780 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8783 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8786 struct breakpoint *b;
8787 struct bp_location *bl;
8791 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8792 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8794 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8796 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8803 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8807 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8810 struct bp_location *bl;
8812 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8815 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8817 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8819 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8825 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8826 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8827 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8828 types _not_ TYPE. */
8831 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8832 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8835 struct breakpoint *b;
8837 *other_type_used = 0;
8842 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8845 if (b->type == type)
8846 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8847 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8848 *other_type_used = 1;
8855 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8857 struct breakpoint *b;
8861 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8863 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8864 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8870 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8872 struct breakpoint *b;
8876 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8878 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8879 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8885 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8887 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8888 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8892 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8894 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8895 breakpoint_re_set ();
8898 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8901 static struct breakpoint *
8902 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread, struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
8904 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
8906 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bp_single_step,
8907 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8909 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8910 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
8913 gdb_assert (b->thread != 0);
8915 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8920 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8921 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8925 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8926 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8928 struct breakpoint *b;
8930 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8932 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8934 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8935 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8936 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8937 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8939 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8940 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8942 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8943 b->thread = ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8945 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8950 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8951 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8952 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8954 static struct breakpoint *
8955 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8957 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
8960 struct breakpoint *copy;
8962 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8963 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8964 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8966 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8967 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8968 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8969 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8970 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8971 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8972 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8973 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
8974 copy->loc->enabled = loc_enabled;
8975 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8976 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8977 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8979 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8980 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8981 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8983 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
8987 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8991 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8993 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8997 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops, 0);
9001 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
9004 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9006 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9008 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
9009 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9011 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
9015 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
9018 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
9020 b->ops->print_mention (b);
9021 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
9023 printf_filtered ("\n");
9027 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc);
9029 static struct bp_location *
9030 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9031 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9033 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
9034 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
9035 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9037 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
9038 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
9040 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9041 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9042 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9043 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9044 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9045 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9046 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
9049 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9050 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
9051 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
9052 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
9057 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
9058 loc->address = adjusted_address;
9059 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
9060 loc->probe.probe = sal->probe;
9061 loc->probe.objfile = sal->objfile;
9062 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
9063 loc->section = sal->section;
9064 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
9065 loc->line_number = sal->line;
9066 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
9068 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
9069 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
9071 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
9072 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
9073 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
9074 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
9075 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
9076 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
9077 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
9078 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
9079 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
9080 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
9081 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
9082 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
9084 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9091 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9094 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
9098 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
9099 gdb_byte *target_mem;
9100 struct cleanup *cleanup;
9104 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &addr, &len);
9106 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9110 target_mem = (gdb_byte *) alloca (len);
9112 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9113 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9114 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9115 cleanup = make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9117 if (target_read_memory (address, target_mem, len) == 0
9118 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
9121 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9126 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9127 return 0 otherwise. */
9130 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
9132 struct cleanup *cleanup;
9135 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
9137 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
9138 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
9139 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
9141 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc->owner))
9144 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9145 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
9147 retval = program_breakpoint_here_p (loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
9149 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9154 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9155 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9158 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
9160 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
9161 char *printf_line = NULL;
9166 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9168 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9170 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
9172 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9174 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
9175 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9177 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
9178 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9179 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
9181 if (!dprintf_function)
9182 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9184 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
9185 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9190 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9194 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
9196 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9197 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
9200 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9201 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9205 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9206 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9208 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
9209 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9211 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line = XNEW (struct command_line);
9213 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
9214 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
9215 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
9216 printf_cmd_line->next = NULL;
9217 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
9219 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
9223 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9224 current style settings. */
9227 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
9228 struct cmd_list_element *c)
9230 struct breakpoint *b;
9234 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
9235 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9239 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
9240 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
9241 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
9242 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
9245 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9246 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
9247 struct event_location *location,
9248 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9250 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9251 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9252 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9253 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9254 int display_canonical)
9258 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
9260 int target_resources_ok;
9262 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9263 target_resources_ok =
9264 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9266 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9267 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9268 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9269 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9272 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9274 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9276 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9277 struct bp_location *loc;
9281 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9283 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9285 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9286 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9291 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9295 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9296 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9297 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9298 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9299 b->disposition = disposition;
9301 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9302 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9304 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9306 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9307 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9309 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9311 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9312 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9313 const char *p = &event_location_to_string (b->location)[3];
9317 p = skip_spaces_const (p);
9319 endp = skip_to_space_const (p);
9321 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9322 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9324 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9326 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9328 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9330 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9331 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9333 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9335 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9338 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9339 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9346 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9347 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9353 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
9355 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9356 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9358 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9361 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9362 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9363 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9365 if (b->extra_string)
9366 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9368 error (_("Format string required"));
9370 else if (b->extra_string)
9371 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9374 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9375 if (location != NULL)
9376 b->location = location;
9379 const char *addr_string = NULL;
9380 int addr_string_len = 0;
9382 if (location != NULL)
9383 addr_string = event_location_to_string (location);
9384 if (addr_string != NULL)
9385 addr_string_len = strlen (addr_string);
9387 b->location = new_address_location (b->loc->address,
9388 addr_string, addr_string_len);
9394 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9395 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
9396 struct event_location *location,
9397 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9399 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9400 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9401 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9402 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9403 int display_canonical)
9405 struct breakpoint *b;
9406 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9408 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9410 struct tracepoint *t;
9412 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9416 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9418 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9420 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9422 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9424 thread, task, ignore_count,
9426 enabled, internal, flags,
9428 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9430 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9433 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9434 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9435 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9436 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9437 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9438 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9439 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9440 we take just a single condition string.
9442 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9443 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9444 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9445 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9446 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9449 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9450 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9451 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9452 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9453 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9454 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9455 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9458 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9460 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9461 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9463 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9465 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9466 'break', without arguments. */
9467 struct event_location *location
9468 = (canonical->location != NULL
9469 ? copy_event_location (canonical->location) : NULL);
9470 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9471 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
9473 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9474 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9477 cond_string, extra_string,
9479 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9480 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9481 canonical->special_display);
9482 discard_cleanups (inner);
9486 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9487 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9488 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9489 linespec locations).
9491 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9492 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9495 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location *location,
9496 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9498 struct symtab_and_line cursal;
9500 if (event_location_type (location) == LINESPEC_LOCATION)
9502 const char *address = get_linespec_location (location);
9504 if (address == NULL)
9506 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9507 breakpoint address. */
9508 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9510 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9511 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9514 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9515 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9517 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9518 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9519 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9520 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9521 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9522 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9524 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9526 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9527 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9528 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9529 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9530 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9532 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9534 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9535 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9536 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9538 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9542 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9546 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9547 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9548 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9549 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9551 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9552 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9553 cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9554 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9556 const char *address = NULL;
9558 if (event_location_type (location) == LINESPEC_LOCATION)
9559 address = get_linespec_location (location);
9563 && strchr ("+-", address[0]) != NULL
9564 && address[1] != '['))
9566 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
9567 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9568 get_last_displayed_line (),
9569 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9574 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
9575 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9579 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9580 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9583 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9587 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9588 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9591 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9592 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9593 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9594 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9595 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9599 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9600 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9603 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9605 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9607 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9609 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9611 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9613 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9614 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9615 associated with SAL. */
9618 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc, &msg);
9619 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9622 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9623 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9625 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9629 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9630 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9631 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9632 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9633 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9634 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9637 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9638 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9641 *cond_string = NULL;
9648 const char *end_tok;
9650 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9651 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9653 tok = skip_spaces_const (tok);
9655 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9657 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9661 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
9663 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9665 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9667 struct expression *expr;
9669 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9670 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9673 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9675 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9678 struct thread_info *thr;
9681 thr = parse_thread_id (tok, &tmptok);
9683 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9684 *thread = thr->global_num;
9687 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9692 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9694 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9695 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9696 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9701 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9705 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9709 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9711 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9712 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p)
9714 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9715 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9716 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9717 const char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9722 p = skip_spaces_const (p);
9724 endp = skip_to_space_const (p);
9726 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9727 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9729 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9730 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9731 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9733 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9734 sals.sals = XNEWVEC (struct symtab_and_line, sals.nelts);
9736 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9738 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9740 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9742 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9744 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9745 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9747 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9750 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9756 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9759 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9760 const struct event_location *location, char *cond_string,
9761 int thread, char *extra_string,
9763 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9765 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9766 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9767 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9770 struct linespec_result canonical;
9771 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9772 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9775 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9777 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9779 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9780 if (extra_string != NULL && *extra_string == '\0')
9781 extra_string = NULL;
9783 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9787 ops->create_sals_from_location (location, &canonical, type_wanted);
9789 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
9791 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9793 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
9795 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9798 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9799 throw_exception (e);
9801 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9803 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9804 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9805 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9806 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9807 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9810 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9811 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9812 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9813 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9817 throw_exception (e);
9821 if (!pending && VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9824 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9825 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9827 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9828 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9829 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9830 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9831 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9833 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9834 are ok for the target. */
9838 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9840 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9841 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9844 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9845 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9848 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9850 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9851 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9854 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9855 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9862 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9864 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9866 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9867 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9868 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9869 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9871 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc,
9872 &cond_string, &thread, &task, &rest);
9874 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9876 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9878 extra_string = rest;
9880 extra_string = NULL;
9884 if (type_wanted != bp_dprintf
9885 && extra_string != NULL && *extra_string != '\0')
9886 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string);
9888 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9891 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9892 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9894 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9897 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9898 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9902 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical,
9903 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9904 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9905 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9906 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9910 struct breakpoint *b;
9912 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9914 struct tracepoint *t;
9916 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9920 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9922 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9923 b->location = copy_event_location (location);
9926 b->cond_string = NULL;
9929 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9932 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9933 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9935 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9939 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9940 if (extra_string != NULL)
9942 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9943 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9945 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9946 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9947 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9948 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9949 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9950 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9951 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9952 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9954 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9957 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9959 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9960 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9961 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9964 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9966 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9967 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9968 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9970 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9971 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9976 /* Set a breakpoint.
9977 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9978 condition, and thread.
9979 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9980 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9984 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9986 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9987 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9988 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9990 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9991 struct event_location *location;
9992 struct cleanup *cleanup;
9994 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
9995 cleanup = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
9997 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9998 if (location != NULL
9999 && event_location_type (location) == PROBE_LOCATION)
10000 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
10002 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
10004 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10006 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
10007 tempflag, type_wanted,
10008 0 /* Ignore count */,
10009 pending_break_support,
10015 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10018 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
10021 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
10025 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
10027 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
10028 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
10029 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
10032 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
10033 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
10034 if (sal->explicit_line)
10035 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
10038 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
10040 const struct blockvector *bv;
10041 const struct block *b;
10042 struct symbol *sym;
10044 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b,
10045 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal->symtab));
10048 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
10051 fixup_symbol_section (sym, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab));
10052 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab),
10057 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
10058 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
10059 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
10060 happen in assembly source). */
10062 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym;
10063 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
10065 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
10067 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
10069 sal->section = MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
10071 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10078 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10080 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10084 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10086 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
10090 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10092 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
10096 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10098 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
10102 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10104 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10105 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10106 stop at <line>\n"));
10110 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10114 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
10116 else if (*arg != '*')
10118 char *argptr = arg;
10121 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10122 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10123 function/method name. */
10124 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10126 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10131 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10133 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
10137 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10139 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10143 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10147 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
10151 char *argptr = arg;
10154 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10155 it is probably a line number. */
10156 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10158 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10163 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
10165 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
10169 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10171 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10174 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10175 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10176 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10180 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10182 struct event_location *location;
10183 struct cleanup *cleanup;
10185 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
10186 cleanup = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
10188 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
10189 the next character must be ','. */
10192 if (arg[0] != ',' || arg[1] == '\0')
10193 error (_("Format string required"));
10196 /* Skip the comma. */
10201 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10203 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
10205 0 /* Ignore count */,
10206 pending_break_support,
10207 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
10212 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10216 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10218 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10221 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10222 ranged breakpoints. */
10225 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10226 struct address_space *aspace,
10228 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10230 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10231 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10234 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
10235 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
10238 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10239 ranged breakpoints. */
10242 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10244 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10247 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10248 ranged breakpoints. */
10250 static enum print_stop_action
10251 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
10253 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10254 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10255 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10257 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10259 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10260 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10262 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
10264 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
10266 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
10267 ui_out_text (uiout, "Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
10269 ui_out_text (uiout, "Ranged breakpoint ");
10270 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10272 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
10273 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
10274 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10276 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10277 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
10279 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10282 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10283 ranged breakpoints. */
10286 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10287 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10289 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10290 struct value_print_options opts;
10291 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10293 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10294 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10296 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10298 if (opts.addressprint)
10299 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10300 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10301 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
10302 annotate_field (5);
10303 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10307 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10308 ranged breakpoints. */
10311 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10312 struct ui_out *uiout)
10314 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10315 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10316 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10317 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10321 address_start = bl->address;
10322 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10324 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10325 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10326 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10327 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10328 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10329 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10331 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10334 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10335 ranged breakpoints. */
10338 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10340 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10341 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10344 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10346 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10349 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10350 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10351 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10354 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10355 ranged breakpoints. */
10358 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10360 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s",
10361 event_location_to_string (b->location),
10362 event_location_to_string (b->location_range_end));
10363 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10366 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10368 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10370 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10371 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10372 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10373 last instruction of the given line. */
10376 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10380 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10381 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10382 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10389 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10391 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10393 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10400 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10403 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10405 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start;
10406 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10407 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10409 struct breakpoint *b;
10410 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10411 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10412 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10413 struct event_location *start_location, *end_location;
10415 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10416 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10417 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10419 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10420 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10421 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10423 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10424 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10426 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10427 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10428 error(_("No address range specified."));
10430 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10433 start_location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
10434 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (start_location);
10435 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location, &canonical_start);
10436 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10439 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10440 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10441 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10443 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10445 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10446 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10447 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10449 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10450 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10451 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10453 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10454 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10456 /* Parse the end location. */
10458 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10461 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10462 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10463 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10464 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10465 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10466 end_location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
10467 make_cleanup_delete_event_location (end_location);
10468 decode_line_full (end_location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
10469 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10470 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10472 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10474 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10475 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10477 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10478 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10479 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10480 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10482 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10484 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10485 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10486 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10488 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10490 /* Length overflowed. */
10491 error (_("Address range too large."));
10492 else if (length == 1)
10494 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10495 the `hbreak' command. */
10496 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10498 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10503 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10504 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10505 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10506 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10507 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10508 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10509 b->location = copy_event_location (start_location);
10510 b->location_range_end = copy_event_location (end_location);
10511 b->loc->length = length;
10513 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10516 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10517 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
10520 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10521 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10522 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10526 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10528 int i = exp->nelts;
10534 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10535 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10538 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10548 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10549 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10550 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10551 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10552 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10554 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10581 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10584 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10585 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10590 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10591 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10592 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10593 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10594 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10595 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10596 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10598 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10599 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10604 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10606 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10607 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10608 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10609 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10611 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10612 are always constant. */
10614 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10616 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10617 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10618 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10623 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10624 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10625 then it is not a constant. */
10634 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10637 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10639 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10641 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10643 xfree (w->exp_string);
10644 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10645 value_free (w->val);
10647 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10650 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10653 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10655 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10657 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10658 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10660 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10661 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10662 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10663 are loaded and unloaded.
10665 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10666 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10667 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10668 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10669 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10670 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10672 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10673 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10674 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10675 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10677 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10678 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10680 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10681 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10682 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10685 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10688 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10690 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10691 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10693 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10697 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10700 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10702 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10703 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10705 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10710 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10711 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10712 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10714 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10715 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10717 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10718 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10719 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10720 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10721 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10722 (did not match the data address). */
10723 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10724 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10731 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10733 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10735 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10738 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10739 hardware watchpoints. */
10742 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10744 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10745 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10747 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10750 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10751 hardware watchpoints. */
10754 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10756 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10757 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10760 static enum print_stop_action
10761 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10763 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10764 struct breakpoint *b;
10765 struct ui_file *stb;
10766 enum print_stop_action result;
10767 struct watchpoint *w;
10768 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10770 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10772 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10773 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10775 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10776 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10778 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10779 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
10783 case bp_watchpoint:
10784 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10785 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10786 ui_out_field_string
10788 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10790 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10791 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10792 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10793 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10794 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10795 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10796 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10797 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10798 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10799 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10802 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10803 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10804 ui_out_field_string
10806 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10808 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10809 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10810 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10811 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10812 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10813 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10816 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10817 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10819 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10820 ui_out_field_string
10822 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10824 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10825 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10826 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10827 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10828 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10833 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10834 ui_out_field_string
10836 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10837 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10838 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10840 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10841 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10842 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10843 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10846 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10849 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10853 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10857 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10859 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10860 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10861 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10865 case bp_watchpoint:
10866 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10867 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10869 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10870 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10871 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10873 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10874 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10875 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10877 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10878 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10879 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10882 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10883 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10886 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10887 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10888 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10889 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10892 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10896 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10898 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10902 case bp_watchpoint:
10903 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10904 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10906 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10907 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10909 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10910 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10913 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10914 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10917 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10918 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10921 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10925 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
10927 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10928 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10929 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10935 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10937 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10939 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10940 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10943 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10945 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10947 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10948 bl->watchpoint_type);
10951 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10952 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10955 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10957 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10959 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10960 bl->watchpoint_type);
10963 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10964 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10967 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10969 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10971 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10974 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10975 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10978 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10983 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10984 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10986 static enum print_stop_action
10987 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10989 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10990 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10992 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10993 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10995 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10996 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
11000 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11001 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11002 ui_out_field_string
11004 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11007 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11008 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11009 ui_out_field_string
11011 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11014 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11015 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11016 ui_out_field_string
11018 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11021 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11022 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11026 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
11027 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
11028 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
11029 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11031 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
11032 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11035 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
11036 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11039 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
11040 struct ui_out *uiout)
11042 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11044 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11045 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
11047 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
11048 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
11049 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11052 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
11053 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11056 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11058 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11059 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11060 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
11064 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11065 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
11066 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
11068 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11069 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
11070 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
11072 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11073 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11074 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
11077 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11078 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11081 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
11082 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
11083 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
11084 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
11087 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11088 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11091 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
11093 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11098 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11099 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
11101 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11102 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
11104 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11105 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
11108 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11109 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11112 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
11113 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
11114 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11117 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11119 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11121 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11124 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
11126 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11129 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11130 hw_read: watch read,
11131 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11133 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
11134 int just_location, int internal)
11136 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
11137 struct expression *exp;
11138 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
11139 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
11140 int saved_bitpos = 0, saved_bitsize = 0;
11141 struct frame_info *frame;
11142 const char *exp_start = NULL;
11143 const char *exp_end = NULL;
11144 const char *tok, *end_tok;
11146 const char *cond_start = NULL;
11147 const char *cond_end = NULL;
11148 enum bptype bp_type;
11151 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11152 the hardware watchpoint. */
11154 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
11155 struct watchpoint *w;
11157 struct cleanup *back_to;
11159 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11160 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
11162 const char *value_start;
11164 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
11166 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11167 of the arguments string. */
11168 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
11170 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11171 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11174 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11175 This is the value of the parameter. */
11176 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11178 value_start = tok + 1;
11180 /* Skip whitespace. */
11181 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11186 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11187 This is the parameter itself. */
11188 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11191 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
11193 if (toklen == 6 && startswith (tok, "thread"))
11195 struct thread_info *thr;
11196 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11197 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11198 only in a specific thread. */
11202 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11204 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11205 thr = parse_thread_id (value_start, &endp);
11207 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
11208 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
11209 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start);
11211 thread = thr->global_num;
11213 else if (toklen == 4 && startswith (tok, "mask"))
11215 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11216 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11218 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
11221 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11223 use_mask = just_location = 1;
11225 mark = value_mark ();
11226 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
11227 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
11228 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11231 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11234 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11235 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11242 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11243 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11245 innermost_block = NULL;
11246 expression = savestring (arg, exp_end - arg);
11247 back_to = make_cleanup (xfree, expression);
11248 exp_start = arg = expression;
11249 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
11251 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11252 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11254 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
11257 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11258 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
11262 len = exp_end - exp_start;
11263 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
11265 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
11268 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11269 mark = value_mark ();
11270 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL, just_location);
11272 if (val != NULL && just_location)
11274 saved_bitpos = value_bitpos (val);
11275 saved_bitsize = value_bitsize (val);
11282 exp_valid_block = NULL;
11283 val = value_addr (result);
11284 release_value (val);
11285 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11289 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
11292 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11293 else if (ret == -2)
11294 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11297 else if (val != NULL)
11298 release_value (val);
11300 tok = skip_spaces_const (arg);
11301 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
11303 toklen = end_tok - tok;
11304 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
11306 struct expression *cond;
11308 innermost_block = NULL;
11309 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
11310 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11312 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11313 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11314 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11320 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11322 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11324 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11325 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11326 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11327 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11328 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11330 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11333 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11334 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11335 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11336 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11338 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11340 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11341 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11343 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11344 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11346 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11347 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11348 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11349 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11350 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11351 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11352 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11353 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11354 scope_breakpoint->type);
11358 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11359 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11360 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11361 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11363 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11364 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11365 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11366 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11368 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11370 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11373 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11374 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11376 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11377 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11378 b->thread = thread;
11379 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11380 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11382 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11383 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11386 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11387 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11390 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11391 name = type_to_string (t);
11393 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11394 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11397 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11398 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11400 /* The above expression is in C. */
11401 b->language = language_c;
11404 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11408 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11413 w->val_bitpos = saved_bitpos;
11414 w->val_bitsize = saved_bitsize;
11419 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11421 b->cond_string = 0;
11425 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11426 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11430 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11431 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11434 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11436 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11437 need to act on them together. */
11438 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11439 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11442 if (!just_location)
11443 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11447 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11448 that should be inserted. */
11449 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11451 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11453 delete_breakpoint (b);
11454 throw_exception (e);
11458 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11459 do_cleanups (back_to);
11462 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11463 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11466 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11468 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11469 struct value *head = v;
11471 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11472 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11475 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11476 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11477 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11478 hardware watchpoint.
11480 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11481 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11482 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11483 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11484 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11485 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11486 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11487 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11488 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11490 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11491 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11492 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11493 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11494 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11496 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11498 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11499 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11500 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11501 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11502 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11503 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11507 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11508 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11509 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11511 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11512 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11513 middle of some value chain. */
11515 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11516 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11518 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11522 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11523 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11524 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11526 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11530 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11534 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11535 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11536 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11537 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11538 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11541 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11542 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11543 return found_memory_cnt;
11547 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11549 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11552 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11553 calls watch_command_1. */
11556 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11558 int just_location = 0;
11561 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11562 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11564 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11568 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11572 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11574 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11578 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11580 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11584 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11586 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11590 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11592 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11596 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11598 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11602 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
11603 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
11606 struct until_break_fsm
11608 /* The base class. */
11609 struct thread_fsm thread_fsm;
11611 /* The thread that as current when the command was executed. */
11614 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
11615 struct breakpoint *location_breakpoint;
11617 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
11619 struct breakpoint *caller_breakpoint;
11622 static void until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm *self,
11623 struct thread_info *thread);
11624 static int until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm *self,
11625 struct thread_info *thread);
11626 static enum async_reply_reason
11627 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm *self);
11629 /* until_break_fsm's vtable. */
11631 static struct thread_fsm_ops until_break_fsm_ops =
11634 until_break_fsm_clean_up,
11635 until_break_fsm_should_stop,
11636 NULL, /* return_value */
11637 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason,
11640 /* Allocate a new until_break_command_fsm. */
11642 static struct until_break_fsm *
11643 new_until_break_fsm (struct interp *cmd_interp, int thread,
11644 struct breakpoint *location_breakpoint,
11645 struct breakpoint *caller_breakpoint)
11647 struct until_break_fsm *sm;
11649 sm = XCNEW (struct until_break_fsm);
11650 thread_fsm_ctor (&sm->thread_fsm, &until_break_fsm_ops, cmd_interp);
11652 sm->thread = thread;
11653 sm->location_breakpoint = location_breakpoint;
11654 sm->caller_breakpoint = caller_breakpoint;
11659 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11660 until(location)/advance commands. */
11663 until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm *self,
11664 struct thread_info *tp)
11666 struct until_break_fsm *sm = (struct until_break_fsm *) self;
11668 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp->control.stop_bpstat,
11669 sm->location_breakpoint) != NULL
11670 || (sm->caller_breakpoint != NULL
11671 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp->control.stop_bpstat,
11672 sm->caller_breakpoint) != NULL))
11673 thread_fsm_set_finished (self);
11678 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11679 until(location)/advance commands. */
11682 until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm *self,
11683 struct thread_info *thread)
11685 struct until_break_fsm *sm = (struct until_break_fsm *) self;
11687 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11688 if (sm->location_breakpoint != NULL)
11690 delete_breakpoint (sm->location_breakpoint);
11691 sm->location_breakpoint = NULL;
11693 if (sm->caller_breakpoint != NULL)
11695 delete_breakpoint (sm->caller_breakpoint);
11696 sm->caller_breakpoint = NULL;
11698 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (sm->thread);
11701 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11702 until(location)/advance commands. */
11704 static enum async_reply_reason
11705 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm *self)
11707 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED;
11711 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11713 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11714 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11715 struct frame_info *frame;
11716 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11717 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11718 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11719 struct breakpoint *location_breakpoint;
11720 struct breakpoint *caller_breakpoint = NULL;
11721 struct cleanup *old_chain, *cleanup;
11723 struct thread_info *tp;
11724 struct event_location *location;
11725 struct until_break_fsm *sm;
11727 clear_proceed_status (0);
11729 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11732 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
11733 cleanup = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
11735 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11736 sals = decode_line_1 (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, NULL,
11737 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11738 get_last_displayed_line ());
11740 sals = decode_line_1 (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11741 NULL, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11743 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11744 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11746 sal = sals.sals[0];
11747 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11750 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11752 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11754 tp = inferior_thread ();
11755 thread = tp->global_num;
11757 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11759 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11760 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11761 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11764 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11765 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11766 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11767 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11769 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11772 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11774 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11775 struct gdbarch *caller_gdbarch;
11777 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11778 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11779 caller_gdbarch = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11780 caller_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch,
11784 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (caller_breakpoint);
11786 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11787 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11790 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11794 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11795 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11796 location_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11797 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11799 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11800 only at the very same frame. */
11801 location_breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11802 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11803 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (location_breakpoint);
11805 sm = new_until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp->global_num,
11806 location_breakpoint, caller_breakpoint);
11807 tp->thread_fsm = &sm->thread_fsm;
11809 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11811 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT);
11813 do_cleanups (cleanup);
11816 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11817 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11819 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11820 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11821 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11822 if clause in the arg string. */
11825 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11829 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11832 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11835 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11836 condition string. */
11837 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11838 cond_string = *arg;
11840 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11842 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11844 return cond_string;
11847 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11848 process start/exit, etc. */
11852 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11853 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11858 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11859 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11861 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11862 char *cond_string = NULL;
11863 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11866 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11867 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11868 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11872 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11874 /* The allowed syntax is:
11876 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11878 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11879 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11881 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11882 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11884 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11885 and enable reporting of such events. */
11888 case catch_fork_temporary:
11889 case catch_fork_permanent:
11890 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11891 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11893 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11894 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11895 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11896 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11899 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11905 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11906 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11908 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11909 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11911 char *cond_string = NULL;
11913 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11917 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11919 /* The allowed syntax is:
11921 catch exec if <cond>
11923 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11924 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11926 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11927 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11929 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11930 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11931 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11932 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11934 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11938 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11939 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11940 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11942 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11949 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11951 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11953 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11954 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11955 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11956 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11957 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11958 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11959 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11960 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11961 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11962 enough for now, though. */
11965 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11967 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
11968 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11969 b->location = string_to_event_location (&addr_string,
11970 language_def (language_ada));
11971 b->language = language_ada;
11975 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11977 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11982 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11984 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11987 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11990 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11992 const breakpoint_p *ba = (const breakpoint_p *) a;
11993 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11994 const breakpoint_p *bb = (const breakpoint_p *) b;
11995 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11997 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11999 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
12002 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
12006 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
12009 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
12012 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12014 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
12015 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
12018 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
12019 struct symtab_and_line sal;
12021 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
12025 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
12026 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
12027 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
12028 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12033 sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
12034 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12035 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
12037 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
12038 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
12039 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
12040 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
12041 if (sal.symtab == 0)
12042 error (_("No source file specified."));
12044 sals.sals[0] = sal;
12050 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
12051 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
12052 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
12053 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
12055 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
12056 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
12057 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
12058 due to optimization, all in one block.
12060 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
12061 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
12062 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
12063 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
12064 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
12065 to support that. */
12067 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
12068 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
12069 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
12073 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
12074 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
12076 const char *sal_fullname;
12078 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12079 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12080 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12083 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12088 1 0 <can't happen> */
12090 sal = sals.sals[i];
12091 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
12092 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
12094 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12095 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12098 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12099 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
12101 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12102 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12104 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12105 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12106 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
12108 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
12109 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
12110 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
12111 || loc->section == sal.section));
12112 int line_match = 0;
12114 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
12115 && loc->symtab != NULL
12116 && sal_fullname != NULL
12117 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
12118 && loc->line_number == sal.line
12119 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
12120 sal_fullname) == 0)
12123 if (pc_match || line_match)
12132 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
12136 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12137 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
12140 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
12142 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12145 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12146 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
12147 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
12148 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
12149 compare_breakpoints);
12150 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
12151 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
12155 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
12160 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
12161 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12164 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
12165 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12167 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12170 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
12173 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
12174 delete_breakpoint (b);
12177 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12179 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12182 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12183 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12184 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12187 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
12189 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12191 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
12192 if (bs->breakpoint_at
12193 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
12195 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
12197 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12199 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
12200 delete_breakpoint (b);
12204 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12205 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12206 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12207 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
12208 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12209 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12212 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12214 const struct bp_location *a = *(const struct bp_location **) ap;
12215 const struct bp_location *b = *(const struct bp_location **) bp;
12217 if (a->address != b->address)
12218 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12220 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12221 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12224 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12225 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12226 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12228 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12229 if (a->permanent != b->permanent)
12230 return (a->permanent < b->permanent) - (a->permanent > b->permanent);
12232 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12233 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12234 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12236 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12237 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12238 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12240 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12243 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12244 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12245 content of the bp_location array. */
12248 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12250 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12252 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12253 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12255 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12257 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12259 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12262 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12263 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12265 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12266 addr = bl->address - start;
12267 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12268 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12270 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12272 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12273 addr = end - bl->address;
12274 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12275 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12279 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12282 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12284 struct breakpoint *b;
12285 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12286 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN;
12288 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12290 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12292 struct bp_location *bl;
12293 struct tracepoint *t;
12294 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12296 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12297 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12298 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12301 if (can_download_tracepoint == TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN)
12303 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12304 can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_TRUE;
12306 can_download_tracepoint = TRIBOOL_FALSE;
12309 if (can_download_tracepoint == TRIBOOL_FALSE)
12312 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12314 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12315 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12316 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12317 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12320 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12322 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12325 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12327 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12328 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12329 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12330 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12333 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12336 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12339 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12341 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12342 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12343 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12344 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12346 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12347 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12348 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12349 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12350 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12352 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12353 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12354 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12355 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12356 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12357 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12358 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12359 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12362 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12363 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12364 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12368 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12370 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12371 struct bp_location *loc;
12372 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12375 address = bl->address;
12376 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12378 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12379 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12380 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12382 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12383 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12386 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12387 the same program space as the location
12388 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12389 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12390 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12394 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12395 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12398 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12399 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12400 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12401 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12402 that have already been marked. */
12403 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12405 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12407 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12409 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12410 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12414 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12415 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12416 locations are duplicate of which.
12418 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12419 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12423 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
12425 struct breakpoint *b;
12426 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12427 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12428 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12429 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12430 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12431 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12433 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12434 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12435 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12436 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12437 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12439 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12440 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12441 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12442 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12444 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12445 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12446 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12447 unsigned old_location_count;
12449 old_location = bp_location;
12450 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12451 bp_location = NULL;
12452 bp_location_count = 0;
12453 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12455 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12456 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12457 bp_location_count++;
12459 bp_location = XNEWVEC (struct bp_location *, bp_location_count);
12460 locp = bp_location;
12461 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12462 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12464 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12465 bp_location_compare);
12467 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12469 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12470 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12471 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12472 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12473 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12476 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12477 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12479 locp = bp_location;
12480 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12483 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12484 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12486 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12487 not, we have to free it. */
12488 int found_object = 0;
12489 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12490 int keep_in_target = 0;
12493 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12494 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12495 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12496 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12500 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12501 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12504 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12505 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12506 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12508 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12509 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12510 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12512 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12513 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12516 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12520 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12521 have to go through updates again. */
12522 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12524 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12526 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12528 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12529 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12530 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12531 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12532 at certain location is not inserted. */
12534 if (old_loc->inserted)
12536 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12539 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12541 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12542 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12543 keep_in_target = 1;
12547 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12548 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12549 remove its target-side condition. */
12551 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12552 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12553 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12554 this one from the target. */
12556 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12557 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12560 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12561 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12564 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12566 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12568 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12569 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12570 supported, but the latter are. */
12571 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12573 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12574 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12577 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12578 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12580 if (loc2 != old_loc
12581 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12583 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12584 keep_in_target = 1;
12592 if (!keep_in_target)
12594 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12596 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12597 this location on the global list, and try to
12598 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12599 reason why we will succeed next time.
12601 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12602 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12603 only after calling us. */
12604 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12605 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12606 old_loc->owner->number);
12614 if (removed && target_is_non_stop_p ()
12615 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc))
12617 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12618 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12619 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12620 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12621 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12622 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12623 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12624 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12625 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12626 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12627 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12628 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12629 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12630 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12633 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12634 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12636 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12637 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12638 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12639 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12640 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12641 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12642 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12643 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12644 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12645 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12646 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12647 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12648 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12651 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12652 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12653 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12654 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12656 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12657 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12658 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12659 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12660 traps we can no longer explain. */
12662 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12663 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12665 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12669 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12670 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12675 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12676 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12677 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12678 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12679 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12680 are sorted first for the same address.
12682 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12683 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12685 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12686 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12687 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12688 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12689 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12691 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12693 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12696 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12697 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12698 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12699 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12700 `struct bp_location'. */
12701 || is_tracepoint (b))
12703 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12704 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12708 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12709 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12710 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12711 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12712 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12713 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12715 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12717 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12718 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12719 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12721 *loc_first_p = loc;
12722 loc->duplicate = 0;
12724 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12726 loc->needs_update = 1;
12727 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12728 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12734 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12735 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12736 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12738 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12739 loc->duplicate = 1;
12741 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12742 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12745 if (insert_mode == UGLL_INSERT || breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12747 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12748 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12751 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12752 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12753 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12754 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12755 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12757 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12761 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12762 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12764 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12768 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12770 struct bp_location *loc;
12773 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12774 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12776 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12777 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12783 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
12788 update_global_location_list (insert_mode);
12790 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12796 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12799 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12803 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12804 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12806 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12807 bs->old_val = NULL;
12808 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12812 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12814 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12816 struct breakpoint *bpt = (struct breakpoint *) data;
12818 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12822 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12826 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12828 struct value_print_options opts;
12830 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12832 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12834 if (b->loc == NULL)
12836 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12837 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12838 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12839 if (b->extra_string == NULL)
12841 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12842 event_location_to_string (b->location));
12844 else if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
12846 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12847 event_location_to_string (b->location),
12852 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12853 event_location_to_string (b->location),
12859 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
12861 printf_filtered (" at ");
12862 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12865 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
12867 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12869 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12870 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12871 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
12872 b->loc->line_number);
12874 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12875 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12876 real situation somewhat. */
12877 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12878 event_location_to_string (b->location));
12883 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12885 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12887 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12892 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12895 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12897 xfree (self->cond);
12898 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12899 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12900 xfree (self->function_name);
12902 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.conditions);
12903 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.tcommands);
12906 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12911 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12915 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12917 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12918 xfree (self->cond_string);
12919 xfree (self->extra_string);
12920 xfree (self->filter);
12921 delete_event_location (self->location);
12922 delete_event_location (self->location_range_end);
12925 static struct bp_location *
12926 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12928 struct bp_location *loc;
12930 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12931 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12936 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12938 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12941 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12942 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12945 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12947 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12951 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12953 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12957 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12958 struct address_space *aspace,
12960 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12962 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12966 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12971 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12975 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12977 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12980 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12984 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12986 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12989 static enum print_stop_action
12990 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12992 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12996 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12997 struct ui_out *uiout)
13003 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13005 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13009 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
13011 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13015 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
13016 (const struct event_location *location,
13017 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13018 enum bptype type_wanted)
13020 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13024 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13025 struct linespec_result *c,
13027 char *extra_string,
13028 enum bptype type_wanted,
13029 enum bpdisp disposition,
13031 int task, int ignore_count,
13032 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
13033 int from_tty, int enabled,
13034 int internal, unsigned flags)
13036 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13040 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13041 const struct event_location *location,
13042 struct program_space *search_pspace,
13043 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13045 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13048 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
13051 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
13056 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
13059 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13061 /* Nothing to do. */
13064 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
13066 base_breakpoint_dtor,
13067 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
13068 base_breakpoint_re_set,
13069 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
13070 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
13071 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
13072 base_breakpoint_check_status,
13073 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
13074 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
13075 base_breakpoint_print_it,
13077 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
13078 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
13079 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
13080 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location,
13081 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
13082 base_breakpoint_decode_location,
13083 base_breakpoint_explains_signal,
13084 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true,
13087 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13090 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13092 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13093 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b))
13095 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
13096 delete_breakpoint (b);
13100 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13104 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13106 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13107 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13109 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13113 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13115 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13116 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13118 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13122 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13123 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13124 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13126 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13127 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
13130 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
13134 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
13135 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
13136 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
13143 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13144 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13145 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13147 if (dprintf_style == dprintf_style_agent
13148 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13150 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13151 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13152 be set at the same address. */
13156 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
13160 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13162 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
13167 static enum print_stop_action
13168 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13170 struct breakpoint *b;
13171 const struct bp_location *bl;
13173 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13175 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
13177 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
13178 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13180 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
13181 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
13182 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
13185 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
13186 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout);
13189 ui_out_text (uiout, "Temporary breakpoint ");
13191 ui_out_text (uiout, "Breakpoint ");
13192 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13194 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
13195 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
13196 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
13198 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
13199 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
13201 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
13205 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13207 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13212 case bp_breakpoint:
13213 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
13214 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
13215 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13217 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13218 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13219 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
13220 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13222 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
13223 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
13226 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
13234 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13236 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13237 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13238 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13239 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13240 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13241 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13242 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13243 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13244 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13246 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13247 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13249 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s",
13250 event_location_to_string (tp->location));
13252 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
13253 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
13254 if (tp->loc == NULL && tp->extra_string != NULL)
13255 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->extra_string);
13257 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13261 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
13262 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13263 enum bptype type_wanted)
13265 create_sals_from_location_default (location, canonical, type_wanted);
13269 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13270 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13272 char *extra_string,
13273 enum bptype type_wanted,
13274 enum bpdisp disposition,
13276 int task, int ignore_count,
13277 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13278 int from_tty, int enabled,
13279 int internal, unsigned flags)
13281 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13282 cond_string, extra_string,
13284 disposition, thread, task,
13285 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13286 enabled, internal, flags);
13290 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13291 const struct event_location *location,
13292 struct program_space *search_pspace,
13293 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13295 decode_location_default (b, location, search_pspace, sals);
13298 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13301 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13305 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13306 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13307 case bp_overlay_event:
13308 case bp_longjmp_master:
13309 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13310 case bp_exception_master:
13311 delete_breakpoint (b);
13314 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13315 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13316 case bp_shlib_event:
13318 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13319 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13320 case bp_thread_event:
13326 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13328 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13330 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13331 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13332 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13333 objects (among other things). */
13334 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13335 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13341 static enum print_stop_action
13342 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13344 struct breakpoint *b;
13346 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13350 case bp_shlib_event:
13351 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13352 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13353 to shlib event" message.) */
13354 print_solib_event (0);
13357 case bp_thread_event:
13358 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13359 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13360 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13363 case bp_overlay_event:
13364 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13365 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13368 case bp_longjmp_master:
13369 /* These should never be enabled. */
13370 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13373 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13374 /* These should never be enabled. */
13375 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13376 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13379 case bp_exception_master:
13380 /* These should never be enabled. */
13381 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13382 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13386 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13390 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13392 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13395 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13398 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13400 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13401 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13402 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13403 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13407 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13409 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13412 static enum print_stop_action
13413 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13415 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13419 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13421 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13424 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13426 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13427 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13430 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13432 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_global_id (self->thread);
13435 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13437 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13440 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13443 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13445 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13449 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13451 if (bl->probe.probe->pops->set_semaphore != NULL)
13452 bl->probe.probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13461 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13463 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13464 if (bl->probe.probe->pops->clear_semaphore != NULL)
13465 bl->probe.probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13469 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13473 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
13474 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13475 enum bptype type_wanted)
13477 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13479 lsal.sals = parse_probes (location, NULL, canonical);
13480 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical->location));
13481 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13485 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13486 const struct event_location *location,
13487 struct program_space *search_pspace,
13488 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13490 *sals = parse_probes (location, search_pspace, NULL);
13492 error (_("probe not found"));
13495 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13498 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13500 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13504 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13505 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13506 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13508 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13514 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13515 struct ui_out *uiout)
13517 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13518 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13520 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13522 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13523 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13524 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13525 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13530 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13532 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13537 case bp_tracepoint:
13538 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13539 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13541 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13542 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13543 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13545 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13546 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13547 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13550 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13551 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13558 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13560 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13562 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13563 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13564 else if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13565 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13566 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13567 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13569 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13570 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13572 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s",
13573 event_location_to_string (self->location));
13574 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13576 if (tp->pass_count)
13577 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13581 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
13582 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13583 enum bptype type_wanted)
13585 create_sals_from_location_default (location, canonical, type_wanted);
13589 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13590 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13592 char *extra_string,
13593 enum bptype type_wanted,
13594 enum bpdisp disposition,
13596 int task, int ignore_count,
13597 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13598 int from_tty, int enabled,
13599 int internal, unsigned flags)
13601 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13602 cond_string, extra_string,
13604 disposition, thread, task,
13605 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13606 enabled, internal, flags);
13610 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13611 const struct event_location *location,
13612 struct program_space *search_pspace,
13613 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13615 decode_location_default (b, location, search_pspace, sals);
13618 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13620 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13624 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
13625 (const struct event_location *location,
13626 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13627 enum bptype type_wanted)
13629 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13630 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location, canonical, type_wanted);
13634 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13635 const struct event_location *location,
13636 struct program_space *search_pspace,
13637 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13639 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13640 bkpt_probe_decode_location (b, location, search_pspace, sals);
13643 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13645 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13648 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13650 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13652 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
13653 gdb_assert (b->extra_string != NULL);
13655 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13656 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13657 3 - disconnect from target 1
13658 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13660 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13661 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13662 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13663 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13664 it all the time. */
13665 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
13666 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
13669 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13672 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13674 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s,%s",
13675 event_location_to_string (tp->location),
13677 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13680 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13683 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13684 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13685 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13686 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13687 address are all handled. */
13690 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13692 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13693 struct bpstats tmp_bs = { NULL };
13694 struct bpstats *tmp_bs_p = &tmp_bs;
13696 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13697 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13698 condition not be evaluated. */
13701 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13702 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13703 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13704 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13705 commands here throws. */
13706 tmp_bs.commands = bs->commands;
13707 bs->commands = NULL;
13708 old_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs.commands);
13710 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p);
13712 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13713 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13715 do_cleanups (old_chain);
13718 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13722 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location *location,
13723 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13724 enum bptype type_wanted)
13726 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13727 const char *arg_start, *arg;
13729 struct cleanup *cleanup;
13731 arg = arg_start = get_linespec_location (location);
13732 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg);
13734 str = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
13735 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
13736 canonical->location = new_linespec_location (&str);
13737 do_cleanups (cleanup);
13739 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical->location));
13740 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13744 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13745 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13747 char *extra_string,
13748 enum bptype type_wanted,
13749 enum bpdisp disposition,
13751 int task, int ignore_count,
13752 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13753 int from_tty, int enabled,
13754 int internal, unsigned flags)
13757 struct linespec_sals *lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals,
13758 canonical->sals, 0);
13760 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13761 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13762 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13763 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13764 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13765 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13767 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13769 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13770 struct tracepoint *tp;
13771 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13772 struct event_location *location;
13774 expanded.nelts = 1;
13775 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13777 location = copy_event_location (canonical->location);
13778 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
13780 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13781 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13783 cond_string, extra_string,
13784 type_wanted, disposition,
13785 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13786 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13787 canonical->special_display);
13788 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13789 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13790 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13791 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13792 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13793 corresponds to this one */
13794 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13796 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13798 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13803 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint *b,
13804 const struct event_location *location,
13805 struct program_space *search_pspace,
13806 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13808 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13809 const char *s = get_linespec_location (location);
13811 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s);
13812 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13814 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13818 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13821 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13824 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13826 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13829 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13833 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13835 struct breakpoint *b;
13837 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13839 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13840 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13843 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13844 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13845 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13846 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13847 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13850 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13851 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13852 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13853 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13855 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13858 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13859 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13860 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13862 struct breakpoint *related;
13863 struct watchpoint *w;
13865 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13866 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13867 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13868 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13872 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13874 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13875 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13876 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13877 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13878 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13881 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13882 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13883 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13884 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13886 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13888 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13889 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13891 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13892 if (b->next == bpt)
13894 b->next = bpt->next;
13898 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13900 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13901 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13902 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13903 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13904 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13905 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13906 commands won't work. */
13908 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13910 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13911 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13912 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13913 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13914 might be better design to have location completely
13915 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13916 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
13918 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13919 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13920 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13921 bpt->type = bp_none;
13926 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13928 delete_breakpoint ((struct breakpoint *) b);
13932 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13934 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13937 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13938 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13941 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13942 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13946 struct breakpoint *related;
13951 struct breakpoint *next;
13953 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13954 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13956 if (next == related)
13958 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13959 function (related, data);
13961 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13962 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13967 function (related, data);
13971 while (related != b);
13975 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13977 delete_breakpoint (b);
13980 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13981 delete_breakpoint. */
13984 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13986 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13990 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13992 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13998 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
14000 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
14001 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
14002 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
14003 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14004 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
14006 breaks_to_delete = 1;
14010 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14012 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
14014 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14015 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
14016 delete_breakpoint (b);
14020 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14023 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
14024 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
14028 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint *b, struct program_space *pspace)
14030 struct bp_location *loc;
14032 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14033 if ((pspace == NULL
14034 || loc->pspace == pspace)
14035 && !loc->shlib_disabled
14036 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14041 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
14042 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
14043 Null names are ignored. */
14046 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
14048 struct bp_location *l;
14049 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
14050 (int (*) (const void *,
14051 const void *)) streq,
14052 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
14054 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
14057 const char *name = l->function_name;
14059 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
14063 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
14065 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
14069 htab_delete (htab);
14075 htab_delete (htab);
14079 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
14080 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
14081 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
14082 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
14083 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
14084 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
14085 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
14086 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14089 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14090 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14091 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14092 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14093 in the sources, and output a warning.
14095 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14096 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14097 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14098 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14099 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14102 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14103 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14104 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14105 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14106 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14107 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14108 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14109 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14110 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14112 static struct symtab_and_line
14113 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
14115 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14116 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
14121 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
14123 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
14125 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
14126 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14128 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
14130 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14131 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
14132 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
14137 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14139 if (!sal.explicit_pc
14141 && sal.symtab != NULL
14142 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
14144 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
14147 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14149 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
14151 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
14152 struct symbol *sym;
14153 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
14154 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
14155 struct explicit_location explicit_loc;
14157 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
14159 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14160 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
14162 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14163 "found at previous line number"),
14164 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14168 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
14170 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
14171 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
14172 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
14175 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
14176 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
14177 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
14179 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
14180 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
14181 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
14183 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
14185 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
14187 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
14190 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
14191 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
14193 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
14194 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
14196 delete_event_location (b->location);
14197 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
14198 explicit_loc.source_filename
14199 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
14200 explicit_loc.line_offset.offset = b->loc->line_number;
14201 explicit_loc.line_offset.sign = LINE_OFFSET_NONE;
14202 b->location = new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc);
14204 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14207 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
14213 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14214 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14217 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
14221 if (a->address != b->address)
14224 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
14227 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
14234 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
14240 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
14241 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
14242 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
14244 static struct bp_location *
14245 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint *b, struct program_space *pspace)
14247 struct bp_location head;
14248 struct bp_location *i = b->loc;
14249 struct bp_location **i_link = &b->loc;
14250 struct bp_location *hoisted = &head;
14252 if (pspace == NULL)
14263 if (i->pspace == pspace)
14278 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
14279 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
14280 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
14281 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
14285 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
14286 struct program_space *filter_pspace,
14287 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
14288 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
14291 struct bp_location *existing_locations;
14293 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
14295 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14297 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14298 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14299 "multiple locations found\n"),
14304 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14305 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14306 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14307 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14308 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14309 individual locations. */
14310 if (all_locations_are_pending (b, filter_pspace) && sals.nelts == 0)
14313 existing_locations = hoist_existing_locations (b, filter_pspace);
14315 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14317 struct bp_location *new_loc;
14319 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
14321 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
14323 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14325 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
14329 s = b->cond_string;
14332 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
14333 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
14336 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14338 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14339 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14340 b->number, e.message);
14341 new_loc->enabled = 0;
14346 if (sals_end.nelts)
14348 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
14350 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
14354 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14357 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14358 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14359 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14360 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14361 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14362 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14363 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14365 for (; e; e = e->next)
14367 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14369 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14370 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14372 for (; l; l = l->next)
14373 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14381 for (; l; l = l->next)
14382 if (l->function_name
14383 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14393 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14394 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14397 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
14398 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14400 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14401 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, struct event_location *location,
14402 struct program_space *search_pspace, int *found)
14404 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14405 struct gdb_exception exception = exception_none;
14407 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14411 b->ops->decode_location (b, location, search_pspace, &sals);
14413 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14415 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14419 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14420 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14421 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14422 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14423 state, then user already saw the message about that
14424 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14426 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14427 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14429 && search_pspace != NULL
14430 && b->loc->pspace != search_pspace)
14431 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14432 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14433 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14434 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14436 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14438 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14439 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14440 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14441 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14442 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14443 which approach is better. */
14444 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14445 throw_exception (e);
14450 if (exception.reason == 0 || exception.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14454 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14455 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14456 if (b->condition_not_parsed && b->extra_string != NULL)
14458 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14461 find_condition_and_thread (b->extra_string, sals.sals[0].pc,
14462 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14464 gdb_assert (b->cond_string == NULL);
14466 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14467 b->thread = thread;
14471 xfree (b->extra_string);
14472 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14474 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14477 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14478 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14488 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14489 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14493 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14496 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14497 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14498 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14499 struct program_space *filter_pspace = current_program_space;
14501 sals = location_to_sals (b, b->location, filter_pspace, &found);
14504 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14508 if (b->location_range_end != NULL)
14510 sals_end = location_to_sals (b, b->location_range_end,
14511 filter_pspace, &found);
14514 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14515 expanded_end = sals_end;
14519 update_breakpoint_locations (b, filter_pspace, expanded, expanded_end);
14522 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14523 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14526 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location *location,
14527 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14528 enum bptype type_wanted)
14530 parse_breakpoint_sals (location, canonical);
14533 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14534 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14538 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14539 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14541 char *extra_string,
14542 enum bptype type_wanted,
14543 enum bpdisp disposition,
14545 int task, int ignore_count,
14546 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14547 int from_tty, int enabled,
14548 int internal, unsigned flags)
14550 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14552 type_wanted, disposition,
14553 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14554 enabled, internal, flags);
14557 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14558 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14561 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint *b,
14562 const struct event_location *location,
14563 struct program_space *search_pspace,
14564 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14566 struct linespec_result canonical;
14568 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14569 decode_line_full (location, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE, search_pspace,
14570 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14571 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14574 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14575 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14577 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14579 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14581 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14582 *sals = lsal->sals;
14583 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14585 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14588 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14591 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14593 static struct cleanup *
14594 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14596 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14597 set_language (b->language);
14599 return make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
14602 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14603 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14604 Unused in this case. */
14607 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14609 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14610 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14611 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14613 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14614 b->ops->re_set (b);
14615 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14619 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
14620 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
14623 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14625 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14626 enum language save_language;
14627 int save_input_radix;
14628 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14630 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14631 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14632 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14634 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
14635 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
14636 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
14637 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
14639 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14641 /* Format possible error msg. */
14642 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14644 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14645 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14646 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14648 set_language (save_language);
14649 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14651 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14653 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14655 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14656 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14657 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14658 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14660 /* Now we can insert. */
14661 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14664 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14666 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14667 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14669 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14671 if (b->thread != -1)
14673 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14674 b->thread = ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14676 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14677 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14678 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14680 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14684 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14685 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14686 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14689 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14691 struct breakpoint *b;
14696 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14697 if (b->number == bptnum)
14699 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14701 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14702 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14707 b->ignore_count = count;
14711 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14712 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14714 else if (count == 1)
14715 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14718 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14719 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14722 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14726 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14729 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14732 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14738 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14740 num = get_number (&p);
14742 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14744 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14746 set_ignore_count (num,
14747 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14750 printf_filtered ("\n");
14753 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14754 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14757 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14762 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14764 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14766 if (args == 0 || *args == '\0')
14767 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14769 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14771 while (!state.finished)
14773 const char *p = state.string;
14777 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14780 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14784 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14785 if (b->number == num)
14788 function (b, data);
14792 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14797 static struct bp_location *
14798 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14800 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14804 struct breakpoint *b;
14805 struct bp_location *loc;
14810 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14812 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14814 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14815 if (b->number == bp_num)
14820 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14821 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14824 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14826 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14830 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14833 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14839 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14840 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14841 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14844 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14846 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14847 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14848 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14849 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14852 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14854 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14855 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14857 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14858 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14860 struct bp_location *location;
14862 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14863 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14866 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14868 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14871 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14874 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14876 disable_breakpoint (b);
14879 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14880 disable_breakpoint. */
14883 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14885 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14889 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14893 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14895 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14896 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14897 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14901 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
14905 if (strchr (num, '.'))
14907 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
14914 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14916 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14917 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14918 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14919 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14921 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14924 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14925 num = extract_arg (&args);
14931 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14934 int target_resources_ok;
14936 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14939 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14940 target_resources_ok =
14941 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14943 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14944 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14945 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14946 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14949 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14951 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14952 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = bp_disabled;
14956 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14958 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14959 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14960 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14962 CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14964 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14965 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14972 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14974 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14975 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14977 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14978 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14980 struct bp_location *location;
14982 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14983 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14986 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14987 bpt->enable_count = count;
14988 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14990 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14995 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14997 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
15001 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
15003 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
15006 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
15007 enable_breakpoint. */
15010 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
15012 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
15015 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
15016 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
15017 in stopping the inferior. */
15020 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15024 struct breakpoint *bpt;
15026 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
15027 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
15028 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
15032 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
15036 if (strchr (num, '.'))
15038 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
15045 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
15047 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15048 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
15049 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
15050 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
15052 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
15055 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
15056 num = extract_arg (&args);
15061 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
15071 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
15073 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
15075 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
15079 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
15081 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
15083 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15087 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15089 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
15093 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
15095 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
15097 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15101 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15106 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
15108 count = get_number (&args);
15110 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
15114 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
15116 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
15118 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15122 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15124 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15128 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
15133 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
15137 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15138 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15142 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
15143 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
15144 const bfd_byte *data)
15146 struct breakpoint *bp;
15148 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15149 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
15150 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
15152 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
15154 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
15156 struct bp_location *loc;
15158 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
15159 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15160 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
15161 && addr + len > loc->address)
15163 value_free (wp->val);
15171 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15174 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
15175 struct address_space *aspace,
15178 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
15179 struct symtab_and_line sal;
15180 CORE_ADDR pc = next_pc;
15182 if (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints == NULL)
15184 tp->control.single_step_breakpoints
15185 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp->global_num, gdbarch);
15188 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
15190 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
15191 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
15192 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints, &sal);
15194 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
15197 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15200 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint *bp,
15201 struct address_space *aspace,
15204 struct bp_location *loc;
15206 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
15208 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
15214 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15218 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
15221 struct breakpoint *bpt;
15223 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
15225 if (bpt->type == bp_single_step
15226 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt, aspace, pc))
15232 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15234 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15236 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15238 tracepoint_count = num;
15239 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15243 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15245 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15246 struct event_location *location;
15247 struct cleanup *back_to;
15249 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
15250 back_to = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
15251 if (location != NULL
15252 && event_location_type (location) == PROBE_LOCATION)
15253 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15255 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15257 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15259 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
15261 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15262 0 /* Ignore count */,
15263 pending_break_support,
15267 0 /* internal */, 0);
15268 do_cleanups (back_to);
15272 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15274 struct event_location *location;
15275 struct cleanup *back_to;
15277 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
15278 back_to = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
15279 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15281 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
15283 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15284 0 /* Ignore count */,
15285 pending_break_support,
15286 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15289 0 /* internal */, 0);
15290 do_cleanups (back_to);
15293 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15296 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15298 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15299 struct event_location *location;
15300 struct cleanup *back_to;
15302 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15303 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15304 if (arg && startswith (arg, "-m") && isspace (arg[2]))
15306 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15307 location = new_linespec_location (&arg);
15311 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15312 location = string_to_event_location (&arg, current_language);
15315 back_to = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
15316 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15318 NULL, 0, arg, 1 /* parse arg */,
15320 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15321 0 /* Ignore count */,
15322 pending_break_support,
15326 0 /* internal */, 0);
15327 do_cleanups (back_to);
15330 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15331 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15333 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15334 static int next_cmd;
15337 read_uploaded_action (void)
15341 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15348 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15349 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15350 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15351 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15352 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15354 struct tracepoint *
15355 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15357 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15358 struct tracepoint *tp;
15359 struct event_location *location;
15360 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15362 if (utp->at_string)
15363 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15366 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15367 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15368 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15370 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15371 "source location, using raw address"),
15373 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15374 addr_str = small_buf;
15377 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15378 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15379 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15380 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15383 location = string_to_event_location (&addr_str, current_language);
15384 cleanup = make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location);
15385 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15387 utp->cond_string, -1, addr_str,
15388 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15390 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15391 0 /* Ignore count */,
15392 pending_break_support,
15393 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15395 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15397 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15399 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15403 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15405 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15406 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15407 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15411 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15414 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15417 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15418 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15419 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15421 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15423 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15428 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15430 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15432 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15433 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15434 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15435 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15438 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15439 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15440 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15445 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15449 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15451 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15454 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15456 if (num_printed == 0)
15458 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15459 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15461 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15464 default_collect_info ();
15467 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15468 Not supported by all targets. */
15470 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15472 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15475 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15476 Not supported by all targets. */
15478 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15480 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15483 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15485 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15487 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15493 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15495 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15496 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15497 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15499 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15500 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15502 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15506 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15508 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15510 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15511 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15512 delete_breakpoint (b);
15516 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15519 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15522 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15524 tp->pass_count = count;
15525 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15527 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15528 tp->base.number, count);
15531 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15533 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15534 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15535 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15538 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15540 struct tracepoint *t1;
15541 unsigned int count;
15543 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15544 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15545 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15547 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15549 args = skip_spaces (args);
15550 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15552 struct breakpoint *b;
15554 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15556 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15558 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15560 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15561 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15564 else if (*args == '\0')
15566 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL);
15568 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15572 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15574 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15575 while (!state.finished)
15577 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state);
15579 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15584 struct tracepoint *
15585 get_tracepoint (int num)
15587 struct breakpoint *t;
15589 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15590 if (t->number == num)
15591 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15596 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15597 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15600 struct tracepoint *
15601 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15603 struct breakpoint *b;
15605 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15607 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15609 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15616 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15617 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15618 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15619 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15621 struct tracepoint *
15622 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15623 struct get_number_or_range_state *state)
15625 struct breakpoint *t;
15627 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15631 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15632 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15634 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15635 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15637 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15641 if (instring && *instring)
15642 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15645 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15649 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15650 if (t->number == tpnum)
15652 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15655 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15660 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15662 if (b->thread != -1)
15663 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15666 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15668 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15671 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15672 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15673 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15677 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15678 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15680 struct breakpoint *tp;
15682 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15683 struct ui_file *fp;
15684 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15686 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15687 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15689 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15690 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15692 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15693 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15696 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15697 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15702 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15704 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15706 /* We can stop searching. */
15713 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15717 filename = tilde_expand (filename);
15718 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, filename);
15719 fp = gdb_fopen (filename, "w");
15721 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15722 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15723 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15725 if (extra_trace_bits)
15726 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15728 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15730 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15731 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15734 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15735 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15738 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15740 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15741 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15744 if (tp->cond_string)
15745 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15747 if (tp->ignore_count)
15748 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15750 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
15752 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15754 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15757 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15759 CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15761 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15762 throw_exception (ex);
15766 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15767 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15770 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15771 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum\n");
15773 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15774 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15775 special, and not user visible. */
15776 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15778 struct bp_location *loc;
15781 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15783 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15787 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15788 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15791 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15792 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15795 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15798 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15800 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15803 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15806 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15808 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15811 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15813 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15814 all_tracepoints (void)
15816 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15817 struct breakpoint *tp;
15819 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15821 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15828 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15829 locations used by several commands. */
15831 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15832 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15833 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15834 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15835 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15836 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15838 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15839 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15840 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15842 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15843 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15844 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15845 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15846 -function fact -label the_top\".\n"
15848 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15849 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15850 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15853 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15854 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15855 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15856 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15857 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15858 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15859 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15862 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15863 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15865 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15866 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15867 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15868 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15869 conditions are different.\n\
15871 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15873 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15874 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15876 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15877 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15880 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15881 cmd_sfunc_ftype *sfunc,
15882 completer_ftype *completer,
15883 void *user_data_catch,
15884 void *user_data_tcatch)
15886 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15888 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15890 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15891 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15892 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15894 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15896 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15897 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15898 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15902 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15904 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15905 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15906 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", all_commands, gdb_stdout);
15909 struct breakpoint *
15910 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15913 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15915 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15917 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15924 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15925 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15928 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15930 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15931 non-inline function. */
15932 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15938 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15939 have been inlined. */
15942 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15943 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15945 struct breakpoint *b;
15946 struct bp_location *bl;
15948 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15950 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15953 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15955 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15956 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15964 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15967 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
15969 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
15971 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
15972 if (loc->symtab != NULL && SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc->symtab) == objfile)
15973 loc->symtab = NULL;
15977 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15979 static int initialized = 0;
15981 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15987 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15988 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15989 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15990 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15991 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15992 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15993 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15994 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15995 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15996 ops->create_sals_from_location = bkpt_create_sals_from_location;
15997 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15998 ops->decode_location = bkpt_decode_location;
16000 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
16001 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16002 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16003 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
16004 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16005 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16006 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16007 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
16009 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
16010 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
16011 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16012 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
16013 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
16014 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
16015 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
16016 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
16017 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
16018 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
16020 /* Internal breakpoints. */
16021 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
16022 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16023 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
16024 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
16025 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
16026 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
16028 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
16029 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
16030 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16031 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
16032 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
16033 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
16034 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
16036 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
16037 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
16038 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
16039 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
16041 /* Probe breakpoints. */
16042 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
16043 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16044 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
16045 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
16046 ops->create_sals_from_location = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location;
16047 ops->decode_location = bkpt_probe_decode_location;
16050 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16051 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16052 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
16053 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
16054 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
16055 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
16056 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
16057 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
16058 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
16059 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
16060 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
16061 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
16062 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
16063 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint;
16065 /* Masked watchpoints. */
16066 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16067 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16068 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
16069 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
16070 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
16071 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
16072 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
16073 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
16074 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
16075 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
16078 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16079 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16080 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
16081 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
16082 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
16083 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
16084 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
16085 ops->create_sals_from_location = tracepoint_create_sals_from_location;
16086 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
16087 ops->decode_location = tracepoint_decode_location;
16089 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16090 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
16091 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16092 ops->create_sals_from_location = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location;
16093 ops->decode_location = tracepoint_probe_decode_location;
16095 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16096 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
16097 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16098 ops->create_sals_from_location = strace_marker_create_sals_from_location;
16099 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
16100 ops->decode_location = strace_marker_decode_location;
16102 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16103 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
16104 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16105 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
16106 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
16107 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
16108 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
16109 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
16110 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
16111 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
16113 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16114 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
16115 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16116 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
16117 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
16118 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
16119 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
16120 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
16121 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
16122 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
16124 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16125 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
16126 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16127 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
16128 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
16129 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
16130 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
16131 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
16132 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
16133 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
16134 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
16136 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16137 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
16138 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16139 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
16140 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
16141 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
16142 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
16143 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
16144 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
16145 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
16146 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
16147 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
16149 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
16150 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16151 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
16152 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16153 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16154 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16155 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
16156 ops->after_condition_true = dprintf_after_condition_true;
16157 ops->breakpoint_hit = dprintf_breakpoint_hit;
16160 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16162 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
16165 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16167 struct cmd_list_element *c;
16169 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16171 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
16172 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile);
16173 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
16175 breakpoint_objfile_key
16176 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
16178 breakpoint_chain = 0;
16179 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16180 before a breakpoint is set. */
16181 breakpoint_count = 0;
16183 tracepoint_count = 0;
16185 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
16186 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16187 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16189 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
16190 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16191 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16192 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16193 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16194 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16195 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16196 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16198 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
16199 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16200 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16201 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16202 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
16204 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
16205 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16206 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16207 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16208 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16210 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16211 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16213 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
16214 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16215 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16216 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16218 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16219 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16221 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
16222 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16223 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16224 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16226 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16227 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16229 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16230 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16231 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16232 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16233 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16234 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16235 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16237 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16239 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16240 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16241 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16242 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16243 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16244 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16246 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16247 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16248 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16251 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16252 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16253 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16256 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16257 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16258 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16259 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16262 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16263 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16264 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16267 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16268 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16269 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16272 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16273 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16274 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16275 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16278 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16279 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16280 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16281 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16282 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16283 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16284 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16285 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16287 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16288 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16289 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16290 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16291 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16292 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16295 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16296 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16297 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16298 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16300 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16301 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16302 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16303 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16304 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16306 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16307 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16308 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16309 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16310 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16313 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16314 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
16315 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
16317 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16318 is executing in.\n"
16319 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
16320 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16321 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16323 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16324 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
16325 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16326 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16328 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16329 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16330 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16331 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16335 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16336 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16337 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16338 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16339 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16340 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16341 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16342 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16343 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16344 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16345 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16346 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16347 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16348 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16349 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16350 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16352 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16353 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16354 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16355 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16356 breakpoint set."));
16359 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16360 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16361 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16362 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16363 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16364 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16365 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16366 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16367 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16369 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16370 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16371 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16372 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16373 breakpoint set."));
16375 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16377 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16378 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16379 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16380 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16381 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16382 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16383 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16384 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16385 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16386 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16387 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16388 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16389 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16391 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16392 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16393 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16394 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16396 &maintenanceinfolist);
16398 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16399 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16400 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16401 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16403 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16404 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16405 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16406 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16408 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16409 catch_fork_command_1,
16411 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16412 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16413 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16414 catch_fork_command_1,
16416 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16417 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16418 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16419 catch_exec_command_1,
16423 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16424 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16425 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16426 catch_load_command_1,
16430 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16431 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16432 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16433 catch_unload_command_1,
16438 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16439 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16440 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16441 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16442 an expression changes.\n\
16443 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16444 the memory to which it refers."));
16445 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16447 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16448 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16449 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16450 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16451 an expression is read.\n\
16452 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16453 the memory to which it refers."));
16454 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16456 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16457 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16458 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16459 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16460 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16461 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16462 the memory to which it refers."));
16463 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16465 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16466 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16468 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16469 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16470 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16471 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16472 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16473 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16474 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16475 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16476 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16479 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16480 &setlist, &showlist);
16482 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16484 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16486 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16487 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16489 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16490 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16491 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16493 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16494 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16495 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16496 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16498 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16499 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16501 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16502 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16503 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16505 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16506 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
16508 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16509 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
16510 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
16511 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
16512 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
16513 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16514 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16515 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16516 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16518 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16519 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
16520 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16521 conditions are different.\n\
16523 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16524 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16525 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16527 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16528 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16529 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16530 last tracepoint set."));
16532 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16534 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16535 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16536 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16537 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16539 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16541 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16542 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16543 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16544 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16546 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16548 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16549 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16550 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16551 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16553 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16555 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16556 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16557 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16558 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16559 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16561 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16562 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16563 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16564 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16566 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16567 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16568 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16569 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16570 session to restore them."),
16572 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16574 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16575 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16576 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16578 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16580 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16581 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16583 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16584 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16585 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16586 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16587 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16588 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16589 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16590 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16591 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16592 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16593 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16594 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16596 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16597 &pending_break_support, _("\
16598 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16599 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16600 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16601 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16602 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16603 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16605 show_pending_break_support,
16606 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16607 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16609 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16611 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16612 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16613 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16614 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16615 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16616 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16617 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16619 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16620 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16621 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16623 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16624 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16625 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16626 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16627 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16628 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16629 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16630 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16631 when execution stops."),
16633 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16634 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16635 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16637 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16638 condition_evaluation_enums,
16639 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16640 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16641 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16642 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16643 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16644 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16645 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16646 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16647 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16648 be set to \"gdb\""),
16649 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16650 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16651 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16652 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16654 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16655 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16656 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16657 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16658 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16659 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16660 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16661 or the start of the range\n\
16662 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16663 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16664 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16666 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16667 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16668 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16670 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16671 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16672 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16673 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16674 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING));
16675 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16677 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16678 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16679 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16680 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16681 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16682 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16683 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16684 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16685 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16686 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16687 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16688 &setlist, &showlist);
16690 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16691 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16692 &dprintf_function, _("\
16693 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16694 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16695 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16696 &setlist, &showlist);
16698 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16699 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16700 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16701 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16702 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16703 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16704 &setlist, &showlist);
16706 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16707 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16708 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16709 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16710 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16711 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16714 &setlist, &showlist);
16716 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16717 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16718 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16720 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16722 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16723 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints);